《Colossus' Dream》
(0) Prologue.
POV Narrator:
Before The Age of Men and Elves,Goliaths and Gods, Avians and Spirits there was The First Age. The Age of Elementals. They stood tall and proud, like towering colossi with heads in the clouds. The largest measured thousands of meters tall. Fire elementals reigned in the volcanoes. Water elementals reigned in the ocean. Air elementals reigned in the clouds. Earth elementals reigned over continents. Theyare the rulers of the world before any God or creature, but as with every great species, there is always an individual that lives in the shadow of those mightier thanhimself.
An earth elemental, made from ordinary dirt, puny compared to the size of the other elementals, a mere hundred meters tall. He was standing over a small pond contemplating his mundane future. This little elemental always had a dream. A dream to be something more than he already was, something that no one could ignore. He wasn''t interested in absolute power or to rule; he merely wanted to be the embodiment of that which he held most dear, his world.
Fate is a cruel mistress for such a tiny earth elemental to have such a colossaldream. The earth elemental ponders what to do as he stands over the pond looking at his dirt bound reflection. He finally decides. Slowly, the earth elemental lowers itself down into the crystalline water, going into a deep sleep and waiting for a time when fate will grant him a chance to seize his dream.
Now is not that time.
Ages pass around the earth elemental as he hibernates in the small pond, but he does not wake for heis waiting. Waiting for the time when fate would call upon him, and he could finally accomplish his coveteddream.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere.
When the second age dawned, all the elementals that still roamed the world perished into World Essence. The World Essence of these, once high and mighty colossi, floated around the world, ready to start something great and new.
The World Essence was the building blocks of creation, creating life and giving it form. The elementals from the first age gave them their powerto allow a new ageto dawn and the worldto start anew. From the essence of the elementals, powerful beings formed.
These powerful beings, better known as Gods to the mortals of the ages that followed, embodied the very nature of the World Essence, much like the elementals themselves, but different. The Gods were each unique in their way, creating the mortal creatures that inhabit each consecutive age. They ruled the world, guiding it through the ages, but even they were not truly free from influence.
Only a portion of the World Essence, from the first age, became Gods. The slight majority of the World Essence became something more. As if guided by fate, the remaining World Essence became a peerless entity. This entity was not a god. No, it was something else, something much more important.
It became The System.
The System, an entity born from a majority of the World Essence, slowly worked its way into the very foundationof the world. The System governed everything, providing status screens, titles, and on exceptionally rare occasions the System granted a unique trait to selected individuals.
The System granted beings the power to ascend beyond their current self, into something greater, but only when they truly earnedit. Not even the gods could escape the reach of the System, bound by its mighty power. The System created balance. It imposed restrictions on the gods, allowing them to nurture the world with every age that followed slowly.
With the System¡¯s influence, the world found balance and harmony. The age of elementals was over, but they were not all gone. One remained; waiting for the day he would stand up and finally achieve his dream.
(1) Awakening.
POV Narrator:
The 10th age.
Ages have passed since the last elemental walked this world, but the flow of time did not stop.
The vast continent of Zanthia, a land divided by the Eternal forest of the west and the Roaring plains of the east. The great Syscilus kingdom rules over the plains with their powerful mounted warriors. The mysterious Farkeath kingdom dwells in the Eternal forest with their strange elemental magic practitioners, whose powers are derived from the essence of the Gods.
In the divide between these two great kingdoms, an ancient giant lake lays. Rumoured to have existed since a time when the first elves walked this vast continent. It is here where the fate of the two neighbouring kingdoms will change forever.
General G¨¢th Ionwoad, the leader of the great Syscilus army, is a tall elf measuring two meters in height with a broad build and blue hair. His eyes wander through his proud army. He knows that today he''ll finally conquer the Farkeath army and unite the great continent of Zanthia. His only obstacle is the strange magic of the forest elves, but surely with an army as great as his, none would dare to stand in his way.
The area around the Ancient lake is a reckless area to hold a war. The region is prone to sudden earthquakes, but this might work in his favour. Across the plain, next to the Ancient Lake, the Farkeath army slowly advances out of the Eternal forest. A cold wind sweeps the morning dew gently resting on the Roaring plain''s fields.
A wind of change is in the air, bringing both salvation and calamity.
Off in the distance, G¨¢th observes the Farkeath army. Some strange movements in their formations catch his eyes. He raises his hand, preparing to signal the mounted troops'' charge. Suddenly, the sky darkens, and endless clouds condense above his army. A cold chill, much colder than the morning winds, fills his body. A bad premonition stops his actions. G¨¢th knows that this is likely the work of the Farkeath magicians, but power on this scale is unprecedented even for them.
This tale has been pilfered from Royal Road. If found on Amazon, kindly file a report.
His eyes narrow. A reckless charge into this unknown power would lead to his downfall, but hesitation can''t be tolerated on the battlefield. He can feel it in his bones, a power beyond mortal comprehension, his muscles tense. The seconds tick by, but his hand stays raised.
A rumble shakes the ground, a common occurrence near the Ancient Lake, but a bad sign for what''s to come. The rumbling ground quakes. The air cracks and an explosion of light erupts in the sky. A single bolt of divine lightning descends from the clouds, the godly creation of the Farkeath magicians. Snaking through the air, as if guided by fate, the bolt impacts the ancient lake, missing its intended target.
A deafening explosion rings in G¨¢th''s ears. The blinding impact, impairing his vision and clouding his mind. The ground shook, not like the occasional tremors that he was used to. No, this was something else entirely. The mounts begin to shake, a primal fear warning them to flee, but G¨¢th didn''t have time to ponder. These horses were trained for war; they were used to brutal conflicts, what could scare them?
The earth around the Ancient Lake shudders, and in an explosion of dirt, the ground ruptures. The Ancient Lake''s water drains away by the meter. G¨¢th painfully opens his half-blinded eyes. A dark shadow looms over the entire battlefield, blocking any rays of sunlight from reaching the forsaken ground. Countless eyes filled with fear, stare at the giant figure blocking the sunlight.
Little did G¨¢th know, this isn''t a giant beast. No, it''s something else entirely, something colossal. Fate is calling and the bells are ringing, for the time has finally come.
(2) Fate bound.
POV Narrator:
The great Farkeath kingdom, an old kingdom situated in the Eternal forest. They are a society of people who believe in the spiritual power of nature and the world around them. Through this belief, they harnessed extraordinary gifts. Those chosen by the Gods may attempt to learn how to wieldthis mighty power, but itwas not without effort or personal sacrifice.
Alre Leoynore, an apprentice mage crouching at the edge of the forest, looks out over the battlefield. ¡°Today we will show the Syscilus Kingdom the true power of our magic. They will never againdare todreamaboutuniting the continent,¡± he muses. Steadily, the Farkeath kingdom''s troops march out from the Eternal forest, like a proud beast ready to show no mercy towards its enemies.
Alre Leoynore is a person chosen by the Gods to wield their power, one of the many. ¡°The age of elves and swords will finally come to an end,¡± Alre vows in his heart, condemning the opposing army to certain death. His gaze wanders, stopping on the Ancient lake next to the would-be battlefield. ¡°Today our greatest magic will be unleashed and all will tremble before its glory,¡± a wide grin spreading across his face, scenes of complete destruction fills his mind.
Alre''s gaze shifts towards theFarkeath magicians huddling in a circle. An enormous scroll floats in the middle of themand only the sounds of methodic chanting can be heard. The ground underneath his feet, rumbles. His anticipation spikes and a single, exciting thought reverberates in his mind, ¡°A spell so powerful that it was deemed impossible to create...¡±.
The greatest magic the Farkeath Kingdom ever created, Divine Deliverance. So powerful, it was deemed almost comically unusable. To merely activate the spell, an untold amount of resources would be needed, rivalling that of a small nation. Spells of this tier were thought to be beyond of the realm of mortals, that was until Farkeath¡¯s greatest magician; Eldaernth Adnelis spent ten years in solitude, obsessing without results over the matter of creating something which could rival even the power of the Gods.Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work!
One day, as if guided by fate, Eldaernth was struck with sudden inspiration and managed to create a single scroll of Divine deliverance. This scroll only held one charge, but harboured powers greater than anything a mortal could dare imagine. Consequently, he went mad from the sheer absurdity of his creation. For years the scroll was locked away in the treasury of the Farkeath kingdom. The magician Lords, unsure of the spell''s power, deemed it too dangerous for use outside of the gravest situation.
Magic condenses around the scroll, so dense it''s almost liquid. The magicians endlessly pour their elemental power into the scroll,providing it with strength. ¡°The day has finally come,¡± Alrewatches as the clouds condense, a devious grin spreading across his lips.
The scroll''s power slowly reaches its pinnacle. Divine lightning forms in the cloud, the scroll unleashing its true might.A blinding light radiates as this holy spell descends upon the battlefield.The spell, like an angry dragon released from its cage, unstoppable in its purpose, descends. The lightingleaves nothing but destruction in its wake yet, the Syscilus army remains strangely untouched.
Thespell, as if guided by fate, diverges from its intended path. Instead of striking the Syscilus army, the spellimpacts the Ancient lake, its calm waters shaking in anger. The ground rumbles andcracksspread around the base of the Ancient Lake.
Alre, while recovering from the blinding light,glimpses something in the distance. With hazy vision, he observes the outline of a large shape emerging from the waters. A shadow akin to night descends. The giant shape, blocking out the sun, looms.
Any feeling of confidence or arrogance, that he just had before, crumbles in the figure''s presence. His legs shake and a feeling of dread wells up in his heart. With quivering lips and terrified eyes, Alre screams in terror, "What in God''s name is that?!''.
(3) First step.
POV Narrator:
¡°How comfortable,¡± The slumbering Colossus mumbles. The soft dirt, cushioning his enormous body, shakes. ¡°I¡¯ll nap for a little longer, it''s not like anything has changed. Nothing ever changes,¡± A sad smile accompanies his gloomy thoughts.
¡°These incessant rumbles are annoying,¡± he groans in a low voice, sounding closer to a deep growl than actual words. ¡°It seems like I''m being woken up, but I refuse, I''m much too tired. I¡¯ll just sleep a little while longer, I''m sure no one will mind,¡± The Colossus decides with a content look on his face.
With an explosion, the ground shakes. The Colossus''s eyes snapped open. ¡°Alright!¡± he shouts. ¡°I''ll wake up, just stop being so rough.¡± he groans, extremely annoyed. ¡°I only wanted a little more sleep, but someone clearly hates the idea,¡± he mumbles. With another groan, he pushes against the ground beneath, forcing himself free from his dirt coffin.
The dirt erupts as the groaning colossus breaks free of the lake bed. The lake''s water, like waterfalls, stream down the Colossus'' sides. Loose clumps of soil dislodge themselves from the Colossus'' earthen body. His abrupt appearance shifts the wind direction, a cold aura emanating from his body. Finally fully upright, his gaze sweeps the battlefield. A complex expression surfaces.
¡°What kind of tiny elementals are these?¡± he ponders in confusion, silently observing the ''tiny elementals'' surrounding the lakebed. Suddenly, an abrupt laugh bellows from his large chest, ¡°Ha-ha.¡±. From the elves'' perspective, It sounds more like a roar from a beast. The colossus, unaware of this fact, continues to laugh. A feeling of happiness rises in him, finally seeing something other than towering colossi, someone that''s surprisingly smaller than him.
¡°I wonder how long I''ve been asleep? It can¡¯t be more than a hundred years at most. Well, it doesn''t matter, it''s not like anything has changed.¡± he contemplates absentmindedly, slowly stretching his towering figure. ¡°Why aren''t these tiny elementals moving, maybe they¡¯re hurt?¡± He ponders, unaware that he''s the cause of this whole situation.
¡°Maybe I can help?¡± He decides. ¡°Well, I can''t help them from over here. I¡¯ll get closer and see what I can do,¡± He concludes. Slowly, he readies his sore legs and moves to take his first step, towards these tiny brethren.
Near the trees, Alre¡¯s eyes widen, the pure horror of the situation finally settling in. Alre knows that the bedrock around the ancient lake has always been loose and brittle, a direct result of frequent earthquakes plaguing the area. This is one of the main reasons why no one settled near this abundant source of water. ¡°The earth is going to crumble under his weight!¡± he screams, almost hysterical.
¡°I just need to get a bit closer,¡± The Colossus says, his leg moving down. As his foot touches the ground, his eyes widened. With a sickening crunch, his foot penetrates straight through the loose bedrock. The ground in a five-kilometre radius around him crumbles and cascades inward. Nothing is spared as the great plain gets buried under an endless amount of dirt and rocks.
¡°Oops...¡± The Colossus says in a small voice, as he slowly gets buried deeper into the earth. The ground around him crumbles completely, burying him deeper and deeper into his new coffin of dirt and stone.Stolen content warning: this tale belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences elsewhere.
¡°Not this again! I can¡¯t go back to sleep already, I just woke up!¡± he cries angrily as the earth around him stills. Still angry, he continues, ¡°Now I have to go through all the effort of standing up again.¡±. Preparing to stand up, a blue screen suddenly appears in front of him. ¡°What is this?¡± he shouts in confusion, inwardly shocked about the weirdness of his day so far. He looks over to the blue screen hovering in front of him, instinctively being able to understand and read it.
| Name:?? |
??*Unnamed |
| Race:?? |
??Primordial Elemental |
| Titles:?? |
??Primordial, Earth Shaper |
| Unique Trait:?? |
??Colossal Dream |
As the Colossus reads the information screen, a single thought enters his mind, ¡°What a strange thing, almost as strange as those tiny elementals.¡±. ¡°I wonder what these weird titles mean?¡± he ponders. Suddenly, another screen pops up in front of him. ¡°Hmm, so I only have to think of instructions, and it responds. How useful! Still, I wonder what these titles are used for?¡± he asks himself.
| Primordial |
| Title granted for being born in the first age. |
| Earth Shaper |
| Title granted for changing the shape of a large terrain, relative to your size. |
¡°So they are just here to make me feel superior towards other beings, I like it!¡± he says to himself excitedly, with a small grin creeping on his face. He looks over at the bottom of the status screen and wonders what the purpose of the unique trait is.
| Colossal Dream |
| Unique Trait: Only acquirable by System recognised individuals. |
| Allows the users to evolve beyond their limit. Through reaching certain requirements, the individual can achieve their colossal dream. |
| Colossal Dream |
| Requirements met... evolving. |
| Completion time |
| 1000 years. |
While reading the description, his eyes widened. A large smile appears on his face. ¡°It looks like I finally have a chance,¡± he says to himself. Slowly, the Colossus closes his eyes and prepares himself for the 1000 year sleep that will lead him towards his colossal dream.
(4) Cross Country.
The once-great continent of Zanthia has fallen to the sands of time. The Roaring plains and Eternal forests are no more. Volcanic eruptions fill the land, scorching the earth. The surface is nothing more than a wasteland of volcanic rock and rivers of lave. Around the base of a long-forgotten ancient lake, the ground begins to crack.
POV Narrator:
Slowly, the slumbering Colossus opens his giant eyes. A familiar blue screen fills his vision.
| Evolution Status |
| Complete. |
¡°I feel different, I wonder what has changed?¡± he ponders. The earth around him cracks and tears as he breaks free from his earthen coffin.
| Evolution |
| Growth, 50 meters. Total height, 150 meters.
Granite composition acquired.
Improved durability. |
¡°HAHA!¡± he laughs in surprise, almost losing balance on the unstable ground. ¡°I''ve grown! This is a kindness I can''t easily repay, thank you Mr. blue screen,¡± he exclaims with happiness. A tear threatens to leak from his white, granite eyes. Life has never been kind to him and kindness of this scale is completely foreign to him.
His granite figure bursts through the surface. His gaze wanders, observing the new surroundings. The smile on his face fades, the surrounding sights throwing cold water on his mood. Around him, the earth smoulders and smokes with volcanic fumes. The previously lush, green grass is now merely a thick layer of black volcanic rock, casting a sharp contrast to his white, granite figure.
A thought comes to his mind, ¡°Where did those tiny elementals go? Maybe, they''ve also decided to take a nice nap underground¡±. ¡°Well, I can''t blame them, it''s comfortable down there. It''ll be rude to disturb their sleep, I''ll try to leave quietly.¡± He decides naively, seemingly oblivious to the destruction he''s caused.
¡°I can''t stand the sight of this barren wasteland, it brings back too many old memories,¡± he mumbles softly, making sure to keep his voice low. ¡°I''ll find a more suitable place to go and contemplate these ''requirements'' that I need to advance, someplace greener,¡± He decides.
Cautiously, the Colossus takes his second step, trying to be as gentle as possible. A ridiculous notion of trying to let the ¡®Sleeping elementals¡¯ below rest for just a little while longer. ¡°I wonder which direction I should set off to,¡± he ponders, realising that it didn¡¯t matter. Choosing a direction at random, he sets off ready to explore to unknown land ahead.
The black, volcanic earth cracks under his enormous weight as he steadily walks forward. Scenes of the past flash in his thoughts, but they''re swiftly crushed. "I seem to be the tallest elemental around, what happened to the others?" Concern fils his mind, but he can''t seem to come to a satisfying conclusion. Rhythmically, he takes one step after the other.
As his left foot touches the ground, under his weight, a small hill collapses inward. ¡°Why is there a hole in the ground!¡± he shouts in surprise, quickly taking his foot out of the cave chamber that he has stepped into. The chamber barely has enough space to fit his whole foot. Little did the colossus know that this place isn''t some random cave system.
POV Xikshu, Legendary Naga Guardian of the Cunning Burrows Dungeon:Unauthorized use: this story is on Amazon without permission from the author. Report any sightings.
In the depths of the Cunning Burrows Dungeon''s final boss room, a giant naga stands. Measuring 5 meters in height covered in hard scales, he''s the final boss of this old unconquered dungeon. ¡°None have ever made their way far enough to be worthy of facing me,¡± Xikshu says proudly, the hollow chamber around him echoing.
¡°It is a shame no one seems to challenge the great dungeon anymore,¡± he sighs dejectedly. ¡°It¡¯s as if those above have forgotten about the treasures I guard. How many years has it been? A hundred, no, it might be closer to five hundred years. I crave a glorious fight, is that too much to ask for?¡± he says, inspecting the spear in his hand.
The dungeon chamber starts to shake, a ghastly crack snaking its way across the ceiling. ¡°This dungeon used to be over a hundred meters underground, but because of all the seismic activity, it has been pushed up close to the surface. I just hope these troublesome tremors stop soon,¡± he says solemnly, his eyes darting around the room.
The tremors keep intensifying, the cracks spreading further. A loud snap deafens Xikshu. His eyes lock onto the ceiling. To his horror, piece by piece, the ceiling falls apart. ¡°What''s going on!¡± he shouts in fear. As if the sky was falling, Xikshu can only stare upwards. Paralyzed with fear, he''s unable to move. His vision fills with the sight of a giant, white foot descending upon him.
His instincts take over. With mechanical precision, Xikshu lifts his prized weapon, the Legendary Spear. Standing ready, this calamity approaches him mercilessly.
POV Narrator:
The Colossus¡¯ left foot breaks through the dungeon ceiling. His foot, unbeknownst to him, was crushing everything in the dungeon room, like some poor flower being trampled next to the roadside.
The great Naga boss of the Cunning Burrows dungeon did not stand a chance, the only action it took was to ultimately lodge his legendary spear into the side of the Colossus¡¯ granite foot. The Colossus didn''t even notice this occurring. The Colossus only felt a hint of annoyance from having to take his foot out of, what he assumes, is just an old lava tube.
After this brief excitement, the Colossus''s monotonous journey continued uneventfully, with no real end in sight. The only colour the landscaped holds is black, scorched volcanic stone, with a light dash of grey volcanic ash thrown into the mix. ¡°How exciting,¡± he remarks sarcastically. ¡°I swear I¡¯ll die of boredom before I see anything green,¡± he says to himself, a long sigh escaping his lips.
Out of the corner of his large eyes, he spots something new, a strange flying creature moving away from him. ¡°Maybe that¡¯s some new type of tiny wind elemental?¡± he ponders enthusiastically, a small amount of vigour finally filling his steps. At this point he was ready to do practically anything for a change of scenery, even following this strange and tiny ¡®Wind elemental''.
His journey continues for over a thousand kilometres. Steadily, the ground around the Colossus changes, the usual brittle volcanic rock becomes more refined coarse dirt. Step by step, the Colossus continuously follows the strange flying creature, more commonly known as a bird. The ground no longer crunches under his feet. Instead, it''s becoming softer.
Over the horizon, he sees signs of something blue, a sharp contrast to the usual black and grey landscape. While approaching, his excitement starts to build. His long and steady strides shorten, his pace increasing. The casual walk transforms into a jog. His feet begin to dig deeper into the ground with each step, a trail of destruction is left in his wake. Where ever his feet land a hole, comparable to a meteor strike, is left behind.
His pace keeps increasing. The coarse ground starts to transform into soft beach sand. With a final, heavy step, he reaches his destination. Both of his feet are stuck way over twenty meters in the soft beach sand, but he didn¡¯t care. ¡°I''ve finally reached the ocean!¡± he exclaims with unbridled excitement.
In front of him, a giant blue sea stretches out. At the edge of his vision, he can barely make out the shape of another continent on the other side of the ocean. ¡°Maybe that''s my next destination, but if I want to get over there I''ll have to cross this ocean,¡± he contemplates, deep in thought.
¡°I¡¯ve got it!¡± he announces in excitement, striking both of his giant, granite hands together. ¡°I¡¯ll just walk across the ocean floor to the other continent,¡± a crazy idea forms in his mind. With confidence, the Colossus takes his next step, digging his feet out of the destroyed beach. Meter by meter, his figure descends into the deep blue ocean, only his head is still above water.
The Colossus looks up at the bright sky. ¡°I¡¯m going to miss the feeling of the sun''s light on my back,¡± he says, a small sigh escaping his lips. Taking the final steps, his entire body submerges below the ocean surface. The only evidence that he was ever there is the warzone of destruction that he has left behind.
(5) Landing.
POV Narrator:
"Ah, the cold ocean water feels great, much better than that hellish place on the surface," the Colossus says happily. "The other continent should only be about a hundred kilometres away, this will be easy," he reassures himself. The deeper he walks, the darker his surroundings become. There is no life or sound beneath the ocean currents. Only the sounds of his rhythmic steps can be heard in the eery waters.
As his feet impact the soft ocean floor, clouds of sediment rise and envelope him. Surrounded, he panics, "What!? I hate this, the dust is getting everywhere.". He wildly swinging his enormous arms, a naive attempt to drive the dust away. Up, on the surface, mountain size waves crash onto the beach, a completely unnatural phenomenon.
Like the slope of a mountain, the ocean floor arches down. Now at well over two hundred meters below the surface, the darkness around him intensifies. A hundred meters in front of the Colossus, an endless cliff looms. Blinded by the swelling storm of dust and a lack of light, he walks forward aimlessly. Overcome with boredom from the complete lack of sensory information, his mind wanders. "What happened? Everything here has been so... small. Where are the others, why haven''t I seen any of them and their towering figures yet?" deep feelings loneliness bubble up in his heart, bringing back old memories that he''d rather keep buried.
As his foot comes down, it fails to find any ground beneath. He awakens from his daze by a sudden sense of falling. Beneath his feet, an endless abyss spreads out. Behind him, a giant cliff face seems to rise at a frightening speed. In complete freefall, concern flashes in his granite eyes. Darkness fills his vision as he disappears into the depths below.
Down, on the abyss floor, two mermen, covered in coral blue armour, float side by side. Their eyes remain fixed on a giant glowing portal next to them, a grim expression etched on each of their scaled faces. The light generated by the portal illuminates the depths for several kilometres around it. "Keep calm, this is what we''ve been trained for," one of the mermen says in a commanding tone, the fear in his eyes betray his confident words.
From the glowing portal, a giant octopus, mutated beyond recognition, gradually crawls out. "Merrick, we have to flee! This portal is supposed to be dormant, we won''t stand a chance against the demons coming out of it!" the other merman cries in panic, his hands tightening around his trident. With each passing second, the octopus emerges further out of the portal.
"I know we were originally only meant to observe this portal, but we have little choice left but to stay and fight. The portal after this is next to the city and it will be destroyed if we don''t stop this demon," Merrick grimly states. He knows that the two of them aren''t enough, but countless lives we''re lost constructing salvation city, the last bastion of the mermen. "If we manage to wound and slow it down, it might give the others enough time to prepare the defences," he continues.
Merrick has never seen such an enormous demon before, easily towering over fifty meters in height, this demon will surely wreak havoc on the city if it reaches it. Few soldiers remain after the city portal was conquered and their numbers are spread thin between the numerous portals covering the abyss floor. The best soldiers are stationed at the active portals and only some weak scouts were left at the inactive ones.Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site.
Usually, the scouts would be strong enough to fight off any stray demons wandering about. Unfortunately, one of the portals has become active and its awakening will herald untold destruction if it''s not stopped. That''s why they have to fight. The emergency signal has already been sent, but they need to buy the defenders time. This bleak reality weighs heavy on the two doomed scouts. A sombre feeling grips the two mermen as they impatiently observe the almost completely emerged monstrosity.
In less than ten seconds, the mutated octopus manages to completely break free from the portal. Its tentacles stretch outward, a menacing aura radiating in every direction. It stares at the frozen mermen, eyeing its delicious prey. Readying a menacing attack, the demon takes its sweet time, savouring the fear of its prey. A tentacle strikes the duo, wounding both of them. In the water, a trail of air can briefly be seen in the wake of the demon''s attack, caused by the absurd speed and power of its strike.
Both mermen are knocked back over a hundred meters, unable to retaliate. Before the demon could prepare its final attack, it frantically stares up. Merrick''s body is riddled with wounds, his armour completely shattered from the attack. Next to him, the other merman is in a similar condition. They were naive to think they could stand against this calamity and now they could only wait for the demon''s final strike to finish them off.
Strangely, as they await their deaths, this strike never comes. Both mermen helplessly stare at the octopus floating next to the portal, but its attention is completely drawn upwards. Following its gaze, the duo stares at the darkness above, barely managing to see the outline of an enormous object in the water far above them.
The mutated octopus remains locked in place, the aura from the descending object somehow suppressing its movements. The object descends at meteoric speed, rapidly nearing the abyss floor. Merrick''s eyes widen as he discerns a humanoid shape from the descending object. Before he could make any further assumption, the object impacts the abyss floor.
A horrifying sounding crunch and loud explosion nearly burst their eardrums. The ground shakes from the enormous impact and a large cloud of sediment rises and obscures the impact location. From Merrick''s view, a gigantic figure can barely be seen in the dust cloud wildly ''attacking'' the bright portal. Another loud explosion rocks the surrounding as the magnificent portal suddenly collapses, an unprecedented event. The surroundings become bathed in darkness as the only source of light disappears.
The mermen quickly take out their emergency lights, aiming it at the dust cloud. As the dust slowly settles, they observe more details of the motionless, towering figure. "what is that thing?" the other merman asks as he tends to their wounds. Merrick''s eyes lock onto the squashed demon at the figure''s feet and replies, "I have no idea, but we have to be cautious. This ''stone monster'' seems much more dangerous than that demon.".
Suddenly, his eyes lock with the ''stone monster''s'' eyes. Fear grips his heart as it turns to face him. Readying his trident for a last desperate charge, a deep voice suddenly calls, "Ah! I''m sorry, I didn''t mean to break the light source, I was only trying to fight off the horrid dust cloud.". Completely bewildered, the two mermen stare at the apologising ''stone monster''.
Before Merrick can respond, another shout is heard from the ''stone monster'', "Sorry, small water elemental! I''ll quickly get off of you and let you continue sleeping.". Beneath the Colossus, the octopus demon remains motionless, completely dead, but the naive Colossus remains blissfully unaware of this fact. Looking over at the other two, even smaller ''water elementals'', the Colossus prepares to go over and introduce himself to apologise for breaking their ''light''.
(6) Greetings.
POV Narrator:
In the darkness of the ocean abyss, the two mermen are nearly paralysed with shock. Near the periphery of their emergency lights¡¯ shine, a being, akin to a mountain, stands while exuding an indescribably ancient aura. Only the lower half of its body is illuminated by the emergency lights. Before the mermen can process the situation, the creature begins to move.
The water surrounding the mermen violently shakes as it¡¯s rapidly displaced by the being¡¯s movements. Two loud crashing noises, in fairly rapid succession, break the two mermen out of their stupor and forces them to cover their ears. Quickly as the noises came, silence returns to the abyss.
Dazed, Merrick manages to gather his wits and scans the surroundings with his light. Less than twenty meters in front of him, a giant granite wall looms. Slowly, Merrick angles his light up. ¡°AAH!¡± Merrick shouts in shock along with the merman next to him. Illuminated by the emergency light, an enormous face with piercing white, granite eyes stare down.
¡°Hello, tiny elemental, I¡¯m sorry about the light. It¡¯s an unfortunate casualty, but I¡¯m glad to say that the dust has finally retreated! Now, that bigger elemental can at least have a nice nap without being bothered by the light keeping it awake.¡± The Colossus says in a deep voice, not knowing that the two mermen heard nothing that he said.
Beneath him, Merrick floats silently as a deep frown etches itself on his forehead. Still wounded from the octopus attack, a plethora of questions race through his mind. A minute of silence passes. The Colossus¡¯ giant eyes stare at two mermen and Merrick finally breaks the silence, tactfully trying not to anger the Colossus, and asks, ¡°What happened to the portal?¡±. ¡°The what?¡± the Colossus responds naively. ¡°Uhm¡ The ball of light.¡± Merrick clarifies.
A look of guilt flashes on the Colossus¡¯ face, but he manages to harden his resolve and responds, ¡°Well, in my great battle against the wretched dust, I accidentally hit the portal and it suddenly collapsed into itself. It was an unfortunate sacrifice.¡±. ¡°Impossible!¡± Merrick responds, ¡°No one has ever been able to close any of the demon portals ever since they first appeared!¡±.
¡°What¡¯s on the other side of the portals?¡± the Colossus asks curiously. ¡°The demon plane.¡± Merrick says, ¡°It¡¯s the birthplace of all the demons that have terrorised us for generations.¡± A pained look appears on his face as memories of lost comrades resurface, but it¡¯s soon replaced by a grim resolve.This tale has been unlawfully lifted without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon.
¡°I have a favour to ask. I know we just met, but the fact that I¡¯m still alive and talking means that you aren¡¯t evil. This is a desperate situation that requires desperate measures.¡± Merrick pleads. ¡°I¡¯m on my way to cross the ocean but I can maybe spare some time.¡± The Colossus answers kindly.
An incredulous look plasters itself on Merrick¡¯s face as he explains, ¡°I want you to close the other portals except the one in our last city, they are littered across the abyss floor up to the other side. This means that you barely have to go out of your way to help us.¡±. The Colossus contemplates for a couple of seconds, wondering why these tiny elementals wanted to get rid of the pretty lights, but seeing that there is no reason not to help, he agrees, ¡°Okay, but it¡¯s your loss.¡±.
The smile on Merrick¡¯s face grows even larger because of the Colossus¡¯ agreement, but before he can celebrate, a huge granite hand swoops in from the darkness and gently grabs the two mermen. ¡°What!¡± The other merman shouts, his wounded body acing from the sudden movement. ¡°Put us down,¡± Merrick demands, his body also acing in pain.
¡°This will be faster.¡± The Colossus states as he gently places both mermen on his shoulder, ¡°Hold on tightly, I don¡¯t want you to float away; it¡¯s hard to find anything in this darkness. Now, which way should we go.¡±. Unable to argue with the Colossus¡¯ logic but still irritated by his new predicament, Merrick points his hand and says, ¡°In that direction, there is a portal nearby.¡±.
¡°Okay, hold on tight¡± the Colossus responds blandly. Without much time to prepare, Merrick quickly grabs hold of one of the numerous grooves lining the Colossus¡¯ granite body. The same loud noise assaults his ears as the Colossus¡¯ takes its first step, but this time it¡¯s at least a bit softer because they¡¯re at least a hundred meters away from the Colossus¡¯ feet impacting the ocean bed.
Concern fills Merrick¡¯s thought as he contemplates, ¡°I¡¯m grateful that this walking mountain agreed to my selfish request, but I¡¯m worried how this is going to turn out. Whatever happens, we must close the portals; despite our best efforts, we are losing this war for survival, every day more demons are clawing their way out and every day we lose more people. Sooner or later, there won¡¯t be anyone left to fight. I just hope everyone will agree with my actions. The biggest concern right now is how they will react when they see him.¡±.
The Colossus¡¯ deep voice breaks Merrick¡¯s contemplation as he says, ¡°Hey, look. I think this is the right place. Wow, some of the bigger elementals are already dancing around the light, how fun.¡±. Merrick¡¯s eyes widen in horror at the sight off in the distance; tens of mutated sea monster swim around the glowing portal as they massacre the mermen warriors guarding it. ¡°We have to hurry. They need our help!¡± Merrick urges, panic flashing in his eyes.
(7) Light.
POV Narrator:
Battle cries and desperate screams surround the glowing Demon portal. The portal¡¯s light brightly illuminates the massacre around it. Tens of mermen warriors float in a desperate formation as the numerous demons relentlessly assault them. Looks of fear and hopelessness are etched on each of the remaining mermen¡¯s faces. ¡°Why has a group of demon¡¯s appeared? There have only ever been one or two demons emerging from a portal, not a group. Is this our fate?¡± a sorrowful merman pleads from the formation.
A light tremor shakes the water around the mermen, but none of them notices. A minute passes and another merman falls at the front of the formation. The unnoticed tremor morphs into a rhythmic quake. Around the crumbling merman formation, the water¡¯s chaotic movements disorient both the demons and the mermen. Both parties finally take noticing of their surroundings as something emerges from the darkness.
Each quake is worse than the last as the deafening sound causes both groups to recoil. The enormous figure emerging from the darkness rapidly approaches the two warring parties. With one final step and a soul-shaking force following its path of destruction, the Colossus comes to a stop next to the portal. Like a mandate from the heavens, the Colossus¡¯ granite arm slams down between the two groups, separating them.
Before either party could react, the gigantic arm slams into the demons. The blow, without exception, instantly kills all the demons, as it throws them hundred of meters away from the portal. ¡°Good, all the elementals are peacefully separated. You shouldn¡¯t play so rough.¡± the Colossus¡¯ na?ve, but rumbling voice shakes the merman formation from its daze.
From his shoulder, Merrick and the other merman quickly swim down to the other mermen. Their gazes are filled with anger as they survey the battlefield. ¡°Sir, I¡¯m glad we made it in time!¡± Merrick calls out to the merman Commander. A concerned looking merman covered in gold coral armour observes the approaching scouts and the towering Colossus behind them.
¡°Care to explain, scouts.¡± the Commander asks in a tired voice as his vigilantly stares at the passive Colossus. Seeing the Commander¡¯s haggard state, Merrick quickly explains, ¡°Sir, we were assigned to guard the inactive cliff portal, but it suddenly reactivated and a demon emerged from it. We only managed to survive because this benevolent being saved us.¡±.
A suspicious look surfaces from the Commander as he asks, ¡°Why would it save you?¡±. ¡°Well, it kind of landed on the demon and accidentally squashed it, but suspect it doesn¡¯t know that it killed the demon...¡± Merrick elaborates, his voice getting softer with each word. The Commander¡¯s expression turns from suspicious to confused, but before he can ask for Merrick to clarify, the Colossus¡¯ rumbling voice fills the surroundings, ¡°Ah, it looks like the bigger elementals have decided to take a nap rather than continue playing¡±.
As Merrick hears the Colossus¡¯ ramblings, a nervous laugh escapes his lips as he says, ¡°Commander, the rock creature is a bit strange, and I have no idea why it¡¯s down here, but what I¡¯ve told you isn¡¯t the most shocking part. The creature destroyed the cliff portal and it agreed to help us destroy the others!¡±.
The Commander¡¯s tired face becomes incredulous before it''s slowly replaced with a serious expression, ¡°If that¡¯s true then we might still have a chance.¡±. ¡°What do you mean?¡± Merrick asks. ¡°Well, from what I¡¯ve deduced by the sudden activity of the cliff portal and the mass influx of demons from ours, it¡¯s apparent that the demons are invading in full force. I fear that the other portals are in an even worse situation than ours.¡±.
Panic grips Merrick¡¯s heart as the Commander continues, ¡°Now, the city portal will be fine because we¡¯ve conquered it, but we need to quickly reinforce the other portals. Scout, we don¡¯t have much time. Quickly, go ask the stone monster to close the portal. I¡¯ll trust what you¡¯ve said for now because we are out of time and options.¡±.
A flame of determination kindles in Merrick¡¯s eyes as he swims toward the colossus enormous face. A complex expression on the Colossus¡¯ face as he observes the approaching merman, ¡°All of these elementals are so small; my head is easily several larger than their whole bodies. I¡¯m beginning to worry that all of my old brothers are gone, but why did they leave me behind? I don¡¯t like being alone; it¡¯s not fun being on my own.¡±.Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on.
Mere meters away from the Colossus¡¯ intimidating face, Merrick pleads, ¡°Can you please close all the portals, we have no one else to turn to.¡±. A kind smile surfaces from the Colossus¡¯ complex expression as he says, ¡°Don¡¯t worry small elemental, I¡¯ll destroy the lights. I can¡¯t stand the darkness, but I¡¯ll do it if it makes you happy.¡±. With the Colossus¡¯ reply, a bit of warmth returns to Merrick¡¯s battered body.
Without wasting a second, the Colossus takes a step towards to portal and gently places his granite hand on its surface. A force seems to be trying to pull his hand through the portal, but the Colossus just frowns and says, ¡°I¡¯m not sure which twisted place this leads to, but something feels wrong with its essence. Well, it doesn¡¯t matter anyway.¡±. Which a small push, the portal under the Colossus¡¯ hand buckles as it folds in on itself before disappearing.
The mermen soldiers stare in shock at this unprecedented event. A fiery passion ignites in the Commander¡¯s eyes as he stares at the Colossus¡¯ rapidly darkening figure. Without giving the soldiers a moment to process, the Colossus bends down and gently scoops up of all the mermen soldiers, dead or alive, into his hand and places them on his shoulder. ¡°Where is the next portal, I hate being in the darkness for too long?¡±. On the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Merrick turns towards the Commander who only returns a confirming nod. ¡°That way.¡±, Merrick says without hesitation, as the Colossus restarts his destructive march.
In a couple of minutes, they near the next portal, who¡¯s in a similar situation. Without missing a beat, the Colossus ¡®gently¡¯ pushes all the demons away as he places more mermen on his shoulder. The Commander quickly explains the situation to the soldiers, but before he could finish, shocked gasps escape the soldiers¡¯ mouths as the Colossus crushes the portal, blanketing the surroundings in darkness.
Hours pass as the Colossus approaches the final remaining portal next to the cliff on the opposite side of the ocean. On his shoulders, hundreds of mermen cling on in a daze as they tend to their wounds and gather the fallen soldiers. This portal¡¯s situation is the same as the others, albeit with fewer remaining mermen.
As the Colossus crushes the final portal, the mermen gather in front of him. In the lead, Merrick approaches him and exclaims, ¡°We¡¯ve done it, we¡¯ve stopped those damned demons and it¡¯s all thanks to you! I don¡¯t know how we can repay you.¡±. The Colossus¡¯ gaze drifts from the mermen soldiers towards the cliff as he says, ¡°I don¡¯t mind, I¡¯m glad I could help. No one has ever needed my help before, so your thanks are enough; but, It¡¯s time for me to go, I wish you the best tiny elemental.¡±.
Bewildered looks flash on the mermen soldiers¡¯ faces as the Colossus, standing over a hundred meters tall, waves at them with his granite hands. The shocking events of today will echo throughout the whole merman culture, as they retell the tales of the fierce stone behemoth that crushed all their enemies. Whenever their children feel scared, they¡¯ll always know that their protector is out there.
The Colossus glances one last time at the mermen before turning back to face the cliff. ¡°I¡¯m going to miss those small elementals,¡± he says as he kicks his foot into the side of the cliff. By breaking holes into the cliffside, he manages to gradually climb towards the surface. ¡°I couldn¡¯t find any of the old water elementals, I guess I am alone. All alone¡¡± a deep sadness weaves itself throughout the Colossus¡¯ white granite body.
As he nears the surface, rays of light pierce the darkness. ¡°I might be alone, but I still have my dream. I¡¯m sad I can¡¯t be together with the others, but I must keep on moving forward. I¡¯ve been given a chance to become what I¡¯ve always dreamed of and I can¡¯t waste it. I¡¯ll chase the light in my heart.¡±.
With a final pull, he breaks the water surface and is bathed in the warm sunlight. His eyes fill with the green landscape in front of him as he confirms, ¡°This is just the start.¡±. As he prepares to take his next step, a notification suddenly appears in front of him and a soft sigh escapes his stone lips, ¡°It¡¯s always at the worst moments.¡±.
| Ocean Treader |
| Title granted for being walking through the deepest part of the ocean floor. |
| Colossal Dream |
| Requirements met... evolving. |
| Completion time |
| 1000 years. |
Without completing his first step on the green continent, the Colossus falls over into a deep sleep. His enormous granite body viciously impacts the ground. Falling face-first into the sand, his body gets partial buried. Only his lower back and legs are left uncovered. The legendary spear of Xikshu, still wedged in the Colossus'' foot, pokes prominently out of the ground.
Interlude Arc 1.
Through the lands
Through the seas
In the earth, he shall be
To his home, he waves goodbye
A silent nod from a watchful eye
Away from the endless notions of nightDid you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author.
Towards the beautiful hopes of light
From the embers of a silent dream
A flame of friendship starts togleam
A weary stone ceases its aimless wanders
A lonely giant no longer ponders
A colossal dream for the ages
Unhindered by histories pages
An endless march interrupted
A momentary pause for the uncorrupted
A journey towards creations heart
A path for two, they depart
(8) Inadvertent legend.
POV Narrator:
The twelfth age began as the Colossus slept. Life was blooming on the continent once again, seemingly guided by a higher power. New species were born, and new cultures were created. The Colossus was woefully unaware of the chain of events that he had inadvertently triggered by his deep slumber. A new age was dawning, and a new sentient race was dominating the continent.
In a small village close to the ocean, lives a boy named Zohn. Only ten years old and a mere two meters tall, he''s slightly short compared to kids his age, but his small stature harbours boundless ambition and dreams.
¡°When are the hunters coming back?¡± Zohn asks his mother, always prying for more information about the wondrous world outside their village. ¡°Remember son, the hunters announced that they''re exploring a new region, who knows when they''ll return.¡± his mother replies kindly.
Staring aimlessly at the village gate, Zohn spots the returning hunters. ¡°They''re back!¡± he excitedly announces. He''s a curious boy, and a chance for more wonderous tales of the outside world always excites him. ¡°Zohn, don¡¯t bother them. They''re probably exhausted from their excursion, you¡¯ll be able to hear all about their adventures at tonight¡¯s annual feast.¡± his mother urges, trying to calm the excited boy.
Darkness gradually covers the horizon, as the sun disappears from the moonless sky. A large fire roars in the centre of the village, as the villagers prepare food for the night¡¯s feast. Children are running around the bustling square, losing themselves in the festive air, except for Zohn. Zohn''s impatiently waiting near the bonfire, close to the stage, waiting for the hunting party leader''s speech.
Eventually, the villagers finish their meals and begin gathering near the bonfire. Bizag, the hunters'' leader, walks up the stage. His broad frame glistens in the fire''s light, a majestic beard adorning his face. His powerful voice commanding respect as he speaks, ¡°Today, we successfully surveyed the eastern coast, past the mountains, and we''ve made some amazing discoveries.¡±. Every sentence that Bizag says fills Zohn with childlike wonder.
¡°As we roamed the beaches, we came across a moss-covered, granite formation half-buried in the sand. That alone wouldn''t be interesting, but as we scaled the formation, we made a discovery.¡± Bizag continues, Zohn''s heart rate increases. ¡°Embedded, near the edge of the granite formation, a majestic spear made from gold and other strange and precious metals caught our attention,¡± Bizag says, his voice filled with excitement.
This information ignites a burning passion in the young Zohn. Some of the younger villagers'' eyes start shining with ambition and others shout with excitement. Everyone desires the spear for themselves and Zohn was no different. Images of himself wielding the spear flow from his wild imagination.
¡°Now, before any of you start having wild dreams of becoming a hero or something ridiculous; let me add one last detail,¡± Bizag says, his eyes shining and a grin on his face. ¡°We already tried pulling the spear out the granite, but it wouldn¡¯t budge. No one was able to even scratch the spear and the granite formation is effectively unbreakable.¡± Bizag concludes in a solemn tone.If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it.
The villagers'' wild ambitions grind to a sudden halt. ¡°Maybe it¡¯s because none of us is worthy enough to wield the spear?¡± a voice asks from the crowd of villagers. ¡°You could be right, but if none of the hunting group''s members is considered worthy, then no one stands a chance,¡± Bizag replies in ridicule.
Any desire for the strange spear disappears from the villagers'' minds, but not Zohn''s. ¡°So you have to be worthy to wield the spear? That means that I still stand a chance. No one seems to still care about the spear, but that''s their loss. I need to train. I''ll become strong enough to wield the spear''s might and prove my worthiness by pulling it from the granite! With the spear, no one will stand in the way of my goals and dreams,¡± Zohn naively decides, unrivalled determination radiating from his entire being.
The next day, in a secluded corner of the village, Zohn starts his training alone. He tightly grips a long stick with both hands, shakily attempting to teach himself. He didn¡¯t ask for anyone¡¯s help, fearing that, in some strange way, outside influence would make him unworthy of the spear. Many villagers, including Zohn, went to the spear¡¯s location to try and pull it out, only to find their efforts in vain. This only reinforces Zohn¡¯s previous assumption.
Years pass. Gradually, everyone lost interest in the spear, some forgetting that it even existed, except for the lone Zohn. Every day, he keeps on training, slowly improving his crudely self-taught skills. At the age of twenty, he joins the hunting group as one of their new members. With unrivalled skill, he beats down any competition, climbing his way to the top of the group''s ranks. Alas, he still can¡¯t pull the spear from the granite. It didn¡¯t discourage him, it only strengthened his resolve to improve himself more.
At the age of thirty, Zohn is promoted as the leader of the hunting group. No monster can stand in the way of his unrivalled spear techniques, yet the spear wouldn''t budge an inch. His determination gradually fades each year, but he continues practising every day. From nearby villages and cities, visitors hear tales of this mythical spear. Heroes and generals all try their luck, but the results surprise no one.
At the age of forty-five, stories of Zohn''s strength and renown has spread throughout the continent. He never marries, choosing to rather spend his time solely focusing on his life''s obsession. He never accepts any disciples either, despite the numerous students that seek his strength. It''s always the same rejection, "If I''m not worthy enough to wield the spear, then my skills aren''t worthy enough to be passed on.".
At the age of fifty-five, Zohn leaves the hunting group. He decides to retire, building a small house on the granite formation, quietly watching over his beloved spear. A Long grey beard rests on his aged face, beautifully complementing his long, greying hair. Despite his age, nothing but pure muscle line every inch of his five-meter tall body. Zohn made peace with his life long obsession, contently watching over the spear as numerous people come and try their luck.
On the morning of his seventieth birthday, Zohn dutifully sweeps the granite formation next to the spear. Patches of green moss line the granite, providing some colour to its white facade. As Zohn sweeps, a tremor throws him off balance. He barely manages to jump off of the granite formation as it begins to lift itself out of the ground. Behind him, a looming shadow blots out the sun. A mixture of confusion and fear fills Zohn''s mind as an unbelievable existence rises before his wide eyes.
(9) Roommates.
POV Narrator:
The slumbering Colossus opens his white granite eyes. Almost blocking his sight, a familiar, blue screen hovers in the air.
| Evolution Status |
| Complete. |
¡°Seems like my evolution is complete. I wonder what changed?¡± the Colossus ponders, standing up. While excavating himself from the soft beach sand, only a crater-sized hole is left.
| Evolution |
| Growth, 150 meters. Total height, 300 meters.
Water elemental composition acquired.
Improved durability and stability. |
¡°Ha-ha, now I''m one step closer!¡± the Colossus excitedly proclaims. Opening his status screen, for the second time since its induction, he sees.
| Name: |
??*Unnamed |
| Race: |
??Primordial Elemental |
| Titles: |
??Primordial, Earth Shaper,Ocean Treader |
| Unique Trait: |
??Colossal Dream |
¡°I sense the progress that I''ve made, albeit unexpectedly, towards my dream. I wonder what other strange things my path has in store for me. Will trees grow on my back? Maybe, I''ll make a friend?¡± The Colossus ponders absentmindedly. The negative thoughts clouding his weary mind, thin out with each wild speculation. ¡°I need to keep moving forward and seize my fate,¡± the Colossus promises himself, his gaze drifting across the sunny horizon.
Twenty meters from the Colossus'' feet, Zohn stands frozen in place. Haggard and confused, his thoughts run wild, "What is this towering monstrosity in front of me? I¡¯m too old for this. I only desired to retire to a quiet life next to the spear, but now my house is perched on, what looks to be, the shoulder of a giant, moss-covered, granite creature! Worst of all, the creature is leaking water everywhere.".If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. Please report it.
Managing to recover a little, he tries to get a clearer look at the creature, "I can barely make out its face from down here. I spot a wide, malicious looking grin on its face. It seems fixated on the horizon, but I can''t only speculate its gruesome thoughts. I pray it''s benevolent. If it threatens the village, then I''ll have no choice but to make my final stand.".
Zohn''s thoughts turn grim, but he suddenly remembers the spear, "Hold on, isn''t the spear stuck inside the creature''s body? Maybe it¡¯s the spear''s true guardian, and I¡¯m merely an imposter¡ If he¡¯s the guardian then things might develop in a more peaceful direction. I''ll try communicating, it might be friendly. Let''s see if the lonely old me can make a good impression.".
"Greetings, great Guardian of the mighty spear, can you hear me?¡± Zohn shouts from down below at the absentminded Colossus. ¡°Someone¡¯s trying to talk to me; I don¡¯t see anyone around me? Wait, these days, elementals are all small things, maybe it''s below me?¡± the Colossus decides after hearing Zohn''s shout.
Slowly, the moss-covered Colossus bends down to the ground. Miraculously, the house on his shoulder remains properly anchored to his body. Making sure not to crush anything important, the Colossus bends down on his knees. His head is merely a hundred meters above the ground. The Colossus finally sees Zohn, who''s standing five meters tall.
¡°Are you the one who called out to me, little elemental?¡± the Colossus curiously asks Zohn, his granite eyes radiating unseen pressure. ¡°Yes, great Guardian, it was me,¡± Zohn replies, sweat trickling down his forehead. A grateful sigh escapes his lips. He''s feeling relief that the Colossus didn''t immediately appear to be inherently evil.
¡°Strange, he calls me a guardian? It¡¯s probably just a way elementals address each other around here,¡± the Colossus naively assumes. He absentmindedly makes assumptions about Zohn, as he stares, ¡°I swear these elementals are shrinking with each new place I visit. It can¡¯t be because I¡¯m growing larger, yeah they¡¯re probably just getting smaller¡±.
¡°Great guardian, I have a selfish request to make,¡± Zohn implores the Colossus, desperately managing to build up enough courage to ask. ¡°Go ahead tiny elemental,¡± the Colossus says with a small smile on his face. He''s always willing to help if he''s able to. ¡°It looks friendly enough, and it does not deny that it¡¯s the spears guardian. This could be my only chance to do something extraordinary, something that no one could ever dream of,¡± Zohn makes up his mind and asks, ¡°May I accompany you, great Guardian?¡±.
¡°Why would you want to travel with me? I¡¯m only a small elemental, fated to remain unnoticed and alone,¡± the Colossus replies, a hint of anticipation in his tone. ¡°How can he be considered small?! Wait, that doesn¡¯t matter right now, I just need him to agree,¡± Zohn removes the doubts from his thoughts and replies, ¡°There are two reasons, great Guardian. First, it''s because you protect the great spear and I can''t stand to part with it and second, it''s because my house is currently stuck on your shoulder.¡±.
¡°Ah, that explains this strange thing on my shoulder. If I''m carrying your house, then it''s understandable that you want to travel with me. That''ll be great, I''ll finally have someone company!¡± the Colossus agrees to Zohn¡¯s request, unwittingly ignoring the first of Zohn¡¯s two reasons for travelling with him.
(10) Thoughts.
POV Colossus:
I carefully sit down on the soft beach sand, gathering my thoughts. Hehe, watching this tiny elemental trying to climb up my leg is amusing. How many years has it been since I first went to sleep, ten thousand, maybe a hundred thousand years? Who knows. I haven¡¯t had any time to think since I first woke up on the other continent. I can¡¯t help but wonder if this is the right direction? I can feel something guiding me towards the continent''s centre, but what does it mean?
Ah, he finally reached the top of my leg! Wait, no¡ He fell off again. The moss growing all over my body is a bit slippery. Thinking about my body, I haven¡¯t properly inspected it at all since my numerous evolutions. I can''t consider myself an earth elemental anymore. The water and nature aspects I inherited, through my evolutions, have fundamentally changed me.
I¡¯ve stumbled along too much these past years. I need to form an actual plan, lucking my way into evolutions isn¡¯t sustainable. No matter how convenient it may be. Maybe with my new companion, I can have some help or auxiliary input in my decisions. Hopefully, he can provide me with some basic knowledge about the world around me. That''s assuming he''ll manage to climb up to his house, haha. Oh, he fell off again. He might need some help. Nah, he¡¯s got this¡ probably.
POV Zohn:
Is he covered in slime!? I can¡¯t get a grip on this body at all, and the ridges on his body are too far apart to help me. He¡¯s a walking fortress that no one can climb. I began my ascent in the early morning, and now the sun is setting over the horizon. I need to ask for help, but the amused look on his face irritates me. I¡¯ll give up when it''s dark. Next time, I¡¯ll use the rope from my house to makes this ascent possible. I won¡¯t request his help a second time if I can avoid it.
What was I thinking, asking to be this Colossus¡¯ companion?! Sure, we might go on an adventure or two, but who knows what danger we''ll face. I should have thought this through. I need to inquire about the spear, but not now, there are other matters that we must first discuss. That''s if I ever make it up.
I continue for another hour, reluctantly giving up. ¡°Could you please help me?¡± I begrudgingly shout at the Colossus who''s absorbed in deep thought, slightly startling him. An amused glint shines in his granite eyes and a low rumbling laugh bellows from of his mouth, but I choose to ignore it. This is the only way I''ll reach the warmth of my house.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it.
The Colossus gently lowers his hand to the ground, allowing me to step on it. He lifts me to his shoulder, over a hundred meters from the ground. My house is comfortably resting near the middle of his right shoulder, somehow firmly attached to the Colossus'' body. Maybe it''s magic, but it can''t possibly be the truth. Magic¡¯s only a fairy tale, but with today''s events, maybe even fairy tales hold some truths.
Around my small, three-room house, green moss lines the surrounding granite. It almost resembles the beautiful porch of a wealthy city home. A small pond sits next to the building. The scene resembles a paradise up in the sky, away from everyday problems. Well, almost paradise; if it wasn''t for the Colossus staring at me. I quickly head inside and change into something warmer. After getting myself fed, I prepare to head outside for an overdue conversation.
POV Narrator:
The night sky, on a planet without a moon, made navigating on the Colossus'' shoulder difficult. Zohn carefully walks outside. Dressed in a warm robe, and looking satisfied with the long-overdue meal that he''d eaten. He methodically makes his way towards the giant head, off in the distance. Nearly twenty meters from the Colossus'' head, he stops.
¡°Is everything settled, small elemental?¡± The Colossus asks, unsure about the need for a house and attempting to start a conversation. He had practically no experience with conversations and was nervous. ¡°First, my name Zohn and second, I¡¯m not an elemental. I don''t know what an elemental is, but I''m a Goliath,¡± Zohn says, providing the Colossus with some valuable clarifications.
¡°Your name is Zohn? Quite fitting, in my opinion,¡± the Colossus replies with his usual friendly demeanour. ¡°I''m not incorrect in calling you an elemental. Everything and everyone is made from elemental essence, including you. I''ll call you Zohn from now on, I apologise if I offended you,¡± The Colossus apologises, not wanting to anger his precious companion.
¡°I wasn¡¯t offended,¡± Zohn quickly corrects the misunderstanding, he only asked out of curiosity. He was merely curious about the Colossus¡¯s strange word choice and asked without properly thinking. This opportunity that the Colossus is providing intrigues him. Maybe he''s the guardian of the spear, perhaps not. It doesn''t matter, the Colossus is the only way for Zohn to acquire the spear and maybe make a friend in his last, lonely years.
As time passes, the night grows colder. A chilling breeze rolls over the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn shivering in response. ¡°Can we continue this conversation tomorrow, the night is becoming unbearably cold and I can barely see in the dark?¡± Zohn suggests, through clattering teeth. ¡°Time weakens even the strongest individuals,¡± Zohn gloomily thinks to himself.
¡°I agree, the day has grown dark. Go and rest, we''ll continue this tomorrow in some proper lighting. I still have some matter I need to contemplate, so don''t mind me,¡± The Colossus agrees. The Colossus¡¯ observes Zohn¡¯s house as the Goliath makes his way home. A caring smile lines his white, granite face as Zohn closes his door. ¡°Times have changed,¡± the Colossus says to himself, peacefully losing himself in thought.
(11) Abode.
POV Narrator:
It''s barely dawn as Zohn wakes from his slumber. Inside, the cold morning air bites at his skin. As the sun steadily rises over the horizon, Zohn steps out of his wooden house. A cloud of vapour rising with each of his warm breaths, highlighting the cold temperature of the Colossus'' shoulder. Zohn steadily makes his way towards the Colossus¡¯ head, navigating the hilly terrain and trying his best not to slip on the green moss below his feet.
The Colossus, still deep in thought, doesn''t notice Zohn''s arrival. ¡°Up here, I can determine everything¡¯s actual size. The Colossus¡¯s shoulders are each fifty meters in length and twenty meters in width. My house is roughly located near the end of his shoulder, over 40 meters away from its head.¡± Zohn observes while studying the terrain around him. Trying not to seem rude, Zohn waits for the Colossus to notice his arrival.
¡°Seems like I have no choice but to shout, else I''ll be waiting here all day,¡± Zohn decides after waiting over ten minutes without any results. ¡°Hello big guy, can you hear me?!¡± Zohn shouts at the oblivious Colossus, who''s still in deep thought. ¡°What?!¡± the Colossus yelps, caught off guard. The shock from Zohn suddenly disturbing his deep contemplative state causes the Colossus to jerk his body sideways. While turning, he momentarily forgets about Zohn¡¯s presence on his shoulder.
The unexpected movement sends Zohn flying off of the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, from over a hundred meters in the air towards the ocean next to him. ¡°What the hell!¡± Zohn shouts from the water below, drawing the attention of the startled Colossus. ¡°Oh, I forgot about you, my apologies!¡± the Colossus quickly apologises to Zohn who''s floating in the ocean. The Colossus carefully scoops Zohn out of the water and gently places him down on his shoulder.
Lying down on the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn shivers from his unexpected swim. A hundred-meter drop combined with the freezing water bruised his old body. His only solace is the soft moss under him, providing some cushioning from the hard granite rock.
Zohn slowly stands up, bewildering the apologetic Colossus. As he unsteadily gets to his feet, he looks over to his house only to notice its sudden absence. ¡°Where is my house?!¡± Zohn shouts at the Colossus, a hint of anger in his voice.
POV Colossus:
He¡¯s furious. How can I make this right? Should I look for his house and try to calm him down, maybe that''ll help. Honestly, it''s a minor miracle the structure even stayed up there, nothing was keeping it in place. Looking around, I spot Zohn¡¯s house. On the ground, next to my left foot, it lays shattered. Well, this isn¡¯t good.If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it.
It''s my fault, I¡¯ll take responsibility and build him a new house. He¡¯s my travelling companion and deserves the best. I''ll build him a proper house, one that''s not made from some puny wood. The place where his old house stood and the pond next to it is a prime location. I''ll design him a proper abode, so please don''t be angry. By controlling the granite in my shoulder, I begin to weave the stone to my will.
POV Zohn:
I loved that house, and now it¡¯s gone; what a tragedy. I can only stare at the Colossus'' worry-filled face and sigh, what a cruel way to start a morning. He seems genuinely concerned, I thought he wouldn''t care. Let''s see what he does, maybe I initially misjudged him. The Colossus is starring at my house¡¯s previous location, I wonder what he¡¯s planning. Following his gaze to where my house¡¯s previous stood, the unbreakable granite around it begins to change shape.
The granite is being moulded like clay as if some invisible hand was controlling it. Layer by layer, the granite climbs higher in all directions. The foundation of a house, no, a small fort, gradually appeared from the rock. Next, the walls were starting to form. As the house nears completion, I notice a trench forming around the structure; it¡¯s probably where the materials came from.
After an hour of being completely locked in place by amazement, the house finally finishes. A moat surrounds the building, fifteen meters in width and thirty meters in length. The pond transitions into a moat, like a small river surrounding my house. Walls over twenty meters in height surrounded the house, and the building itself looks like a small city mansion with ten separate rooms. Everything is made from pure, white granite and the whole structure occupies over half of the Colossus'' shoulder.
Did he build this for me? He''s kinder than I imagined. I never asked him to replace my house and goes ahead and builds me a palace. No one has ever done anything for me before, I''ve always been on my own. He might be a bit strange, but I find it endearing. Being friends couldn''t hurt.
POV Narrator:
The small, white granite fort located on the Colossus¡¯s shoulder looks almost divine with its pure white colour. ¡°Do you like it?¡± the Colossus nervously asks, hoping this will appease Zohn¡¯s anger. The Colossus wants Zohn to like him. Zohn is his first friend and his only companion and this meant much more to the Colossus than Zohn realizes.
¡°It looks amazing!¡± Zohn shouts in disbelieve, a wide smile on his face. The gesture deeply moving him and chipping away at his senile old heart. ¡°Your old things are still down below.¡± The Colossus happily adds, elated that he could make Zohn smile. ¡°We''ve only just met, but I believe we''ve got a grand future ahead of us!¡± Zohn says in excitement.
The Colossus lowers Zohn to the ground, providing him time to collect his belongings. Throughout the day, Zohn gradually moves everything between the houses. When the night descends, and everything¡¯s finally in place, Zohn returns to his old spot next to the Colossus, ready to continue their conversation.
(12) Bonds.
POV Colossus: (When Zohn was collecting the things on the ground from his old home)
Do I deserve a friend? I¡¯ve always been ostracized because of my tiny size. None of the other elementals acknowledged my existence. I''ve always been inferior, doomed to a life of loneliness and solitude. The elementals are gone and they''ve abandoned me to my own devices. I''ll do everything I can for my first friend, then he''ll hopefully never leave me.
Seeing Zohn gathering his things, preparing for his journey with me, makes me extremely happy for some reason. He''s my companion, I¡¯ll be sure to cherish him. He''s willing to follow me on my journey, thus I must find a way to repay him. Some way I can return the favour for accepting me when no one else would.
I''m nervous around Zohn, I don''t want to lose him. I must not mess this up, I don''t want to be alone again. He''s almost finished gathering everything up, and the sunlight is starting to fade away. It¡¯s finally time for me and Zohn to have a proper discussion. I can¡¯t wait, I''ll play it cool, I don''t want to scare him off.
I carefully lift Zohn, and all his items, from the ground and gently place them on my shoulder. He seems to enjoy his new house, I''m glad. I harden my face and prepare for our first proper conversation. I hope he likes me.
POV Zohn:
I carefully make my way close to the Colossus'' head, making sure not to slip on the moss. I study the Colossus¡¯ demeanour as I approach, he seems sombre. I wonder what''s wrong? A silence builds between us, it¡¯s growing unbearable. I should just talk first.
Who knows how long he slept, he''s probably curious about the continent''s geography. I''ll start with that. Wait, I haven¡¯t travelled in years, my information might be outdated, hopefully, he doesn¡¯t mind. ¡°This continent contains five kingdoms, and we are currently located near the fringes of the Boreal kingdom.¡± I start the conversation, startling the Colossus. I could almost see a small crack in his sombre demeanour.
"The other four kingdoms are located around the edges of the continent, near the ocean circling the continent. None of the kingdoms dares to settle near the continent''s centre. They fear the massive, active volcano located at heart," I say, ending my small summary. The Colossus¡¯s expression turns into a contemplative one; he¡¯s probably digesting the information I¡¯ve provided.
¡°This information is perfect, I know precisely where we are going first,¡± the Colossus says, his expression completely inverting. That''s a drastic change in tone, weird... I have a bad premonition about his decision on our destination.You could be reading stolen content. Head to the original site for the genuine story.
¡°I haven¡¯t given you a ¡®Thank you¡¯ gift for agreeing to travel with me.¡± The Colossus says out of the blue, surprising me with his sudden change of topic. ¡°If there''s anything you desire and it''s within my power, then I¡¯ll give it to you.¡± He says, an expecting expression appearing on his face. I¡¯ve gotten better at reading his face lately.
¡°Haven¡¯t you already given me that beautiful house?¡± I ask, slightly taken aback by the Colossus¡¯s thoughtfulness. ¡°Pff, that small thing doesn¡¯t count as a proper gift. Just say what you want, and I¡¯ll grant it to you.¡± The Colossus asks again, seemingly getting more anxious as he waits for my answer. Can I ask for anything? I mean, if he¡¯s the guardian of the spear, then I can¡¯t just ask him for it. Or can I? There is only one way to find out. Besides, what can go wrong?
Nervously, I muster up my courage and ask, ¡°Can you please bestow me the mighty spear? The one that you¡¯ve been guarding for ages.¡±. The Colossus¡¯ expression suddenly becomes strange, as if he''s confused. Crap, I¡¯ve crossed the line and asked for too much. He''s probably furious. ¡°What spear?¡± The Colossus abruptly asks, completely breaking me out of my previous stupor.
¡°The spear that¡¯s located on your foot.¡± I hesitantly answer. Maybe, he¡¯s testing me? ¡°Since when has that been there?!¡± the Colossus exclaims in a surprised voice, looking down at the spear embedded in his foot. ¡°Is this all that you want?¡± the Colossus asks in an uncertain tone. ¡°Yes! If you can be so gracious as to grant that spear to me, then I swear to be your companion for the rest of time itself.¡± I quickly reply, my anticipation building. I don''t have much longer to live and anyone willing to fulfil my lifelong obsession has earned everything I have to offer in repayment, including myself.
Carefully, with one of his giant, granite hands, the Colossus pulls the spear out of his foot. The spear looks like a toothpick compared to his enormous size. He gently lays the spear down in front of me, and for the first time, I can properly study my obsession. I can only theorise what the spear''s made of. It¡¯s still sharp despite being embedded inside granite for so many years. It¡¯s truly the spear of my dreams.
I slowly bend over to pick the spear up, carefully trying not to scratch it. Not that I really could if I even wanted to. It¡¯s heavier than I thought, weighing almost twice as much as any other spear this size. I swing it around a couple of time¡¯s, adjusting myself to its weight. The world around me becomes a blur as I lose myself to this sensation. I finally hug the spear close to my chest, like a mother embracing her newborn. I look up at the Colossus with a uniquely grateful expression.
¡°I did mean it when I swore to be your companion for the rest of time itself, even if that may be inherently impossible,¡± I say, genuinely meaning every word I said. The Colossus¡¯s expression becomes elated as if a large weight has been lifted from him. With my promise made, I shout out wholeheartedly, ¡°We''ve made our pact and I have no regrets!¡±.
Thunder cracks in the cloudless, night sky. Out of nowhere, a notification appears in front of me. What the hell is this?
(13) Truths.
POV Zohn:
| Eternal Companion |
| Title granted to the dedicatedcompanion of a favoured being. |
| Name: |
??Zohn Evershire |
| Race: |
??Goliath |
| Titles: |
??Eternal Companion |
A title, how can this be? No one, that I know of at least, has ever received a title before. The space for titles has always been blank. People just began assuming that the requirements for a title were too high and stopped even trying to acquire one, but I got a title?! I wonder what it does? I just realised, I never told the Colossus my last name; I''ll tell him later. It''s strange how the system describes the Colossus. ¡®A being favoured by the system¡¯, what could it possibly mean? I must investigate this further.
| Eternal Companion |
| Title grants the holder immortality within the vicinity of the designated companion. |
Hehe, my first title. I¡¯m so excited, and this effect is ludicrous! I¡¯m I immortal? It can¡¯t be that simple. Do I just have to stay on the Colossus? Ha! That was my plan all along. It looks like this old man may be getting even older than I previously thought.
I should still ask the Colossus why the system favours him. I mean, we are companions now and will be until the end of time, so there should be no secrets between us. I calm myself down and prepare to ask the question that¡¯s been bugging me, ¡°Why does the system favour you?¡±. ¡°Well that¡¯s a long story,¡± the Colossus replies in a somewhat embarrassed voice.
¡°I¡¯ve got all the time in the world so can you please explain?¡± I ask, my curiosity growing. ¡°Well, it all started in the first age. Tens of thousands of years ago by my estimate, but I can¡¯t be sure,¡± the Colossus begins his explanation in a tone filled with longing. ¡°There was a time when no tiny elementals or even Goliaths, like yourself, roamed this beautiful world and the smallest thing around was me,¡± the Colossus continues, shocking me with his statements.Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions.
I mean, tens of thousands of years ago. How old is the Colossus? That explains why it seems like he''s carrying a massive burden on his back. Time can wither even the strongest individuals. ¡°I was always looked down upon for my small stature, but that gave me one thing that the other elementals lacked. That was ambition. Not the goal to grow higher or be stronger. No this was the ambition to be something more than myself, something greater, but there was nothing that I could do.¡± The Colossus¡¯s voice grows wistful. I''m completely entranced by his tale.
¡°Ironically, the world wasn''t big enough for me. After years of contemplation, I finally decided to go into a deep sleep. I still don¡¯t know what drove me to take this drastic step. It felt like some invisible force was guiding me, but I know I made the right decision.¡± The Colossus continues, as his voice grows firm.
¡°After my first sleep, I woke up for the first time in thousands of years and I met some strange and tiny elementals. They were probably exhausted when we met. I tried to greet them, but they all decided to take a nice nap in the soft earth. They¡¯ve probably been woken up by now, I hope,¡± the Colossus¡¯s tale turns weird, what is he going on about?
¡°Anyway, when I first woke up the system gave me a unique trait, and I believe that¡¯s why you think the system favours me,¡± The Colossus concludes his weird tale, and I¡¯m left wondering. A unique trait, that''s a first. I wonder what it does? My curiosity reaches a new peak.
¡°The unique trait, granted to me by the system, allows me to accomplish that which I most desired. It allows me to go beyond my limits and become something more. From what I¡¯ve observed, the unique trait allows me to evolve and better myself by acquiring different titles. For example, I have the title ¡®Earth Shaper¡¯. This title influenced my unique trait to change my composition from dirt to granite,¡± The Colossus¡¯s explains. I''m left in a state of awe. What is this strange being that I¡¯ve decided to follow?
If he wants to better himself, then it only seems appropriate that I try to help him. ¡°If your goal is to better yourself with your unique trait, then we need to figure out how to get you more titles," I state, finally deciding how I can start repaying him for all that he has done for me.
¡°I¡¯ve also been contemplating on how to get a title for a while now, and I know that stumbling on them accidentally isn¡¯t a good way to grow and better myself. When you explained the topography of this continent, I had an impulse to visit the volcano at the centre. I believe that this sensation is towards my next step,¡± the Colossus says and I¡¯m inclined to believe his assumption.
If he feels that something is pushing him towards the volcano, then I¡¯m not against it. From the little that I understand about titles, I know that you must do something extraordinary to earn them. By going towards the most dangerous location on the continent, is a surefire way to get a title. Hopefully.
¡°Then it¡¯s decided. We¡¯ll go towards the volcano¡± I say, trying to shake the fear and doubt from my voice. This is going to be a wild journey. A trip filled with dangers and adventures. A journey filled with women and action. Okay, probably not women, but at the very least action. Whatever this journey is going to entail, I¡¯m sure to stick with the Colossus for all eternity. I¡¯m his ¡®Eternal Companion¡¯ after all.
(14) North.
POV Colossus:
Times have changed, but I¡¯m still here. Now with my first companion, or should I call him a friend. I can¡¯t decide, but it doesn¡¯t matter. He¡¯s agreed to come with me, and that''s what counts. Still, the vow he made shocked me. I didn¡¯t expect such a commitment, but I don¡¯t mind it in the slightest. Finally having a friend is wonderful.
If we¡¯ve decided to go to the volcano, then we shouldn¡¯t waste any more time. Thinking about it, in which direction is the volcano? Hehe, I forgot to ask. I hope Zohn doesn''t mind all my questions. He can probably point me in the right direction. How hard can it be to find a volcano?
¡°Zohn, in which direction is the volcano?¡± I ask. ¡°The path to the volcano? I said it was at the centre of the continent, but I guess I was a bit vague. The Boreal kingdom is located at the southern edge of the mainland, so the best way to find the volcano is to travel north.¡± Zohn answers after a bit of thinking.
This means that I only need to walk directly north. That shouldn¡¯t be too hard. ¡°Oh, and I forgot to add. The reason that the volcano is so dangerous isn¡¯t just because it¡¯s active. The real danger comes from constant lava rivers and enormous volcanic lakes that surround the volcano''s landscape. Unfortunately, that''s the least of our worries. Constant seismic activity has caused the ground to become loose and brittle. Walking across the terrain is sure death for most people!¡± Zohn adds in a serious tone.
Well, there goes my plan for an easy journey, but I¡¯m not sad. Who knows what this trip will have in store for us. Besides, I have to go to the volcano.
POV Narrator:
Zohn straightens his back and firmly grips the spear in his right hand. ¡° I don''t want to fall off again so I must prepare myself properly this time,¡± Zohn decides, tightening his grip on the spear. His muscles bulge and tense up as he gathers all of his strength. In one swift action, Zohn plunges his spear straight into the Colossus¡¯ shoulder.
The spear embeds itself twenty centimetres into the hard granite. This depth is nothing compared to the two meters that the spear was stuck in the Colossus¡¯ foot, but it should still hold steady. ¡°I need to find a proper name for the Colossus. He doesn''t seem to have one, thus giving him a nickname is a great start,¡± Zohn decides, starting to contemplate on an appropriate nickname.This story originates from Royal Road. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there.
¡°That¡¯s it! I¡¯ve found the perfect name,¡± Zohn¡¯s eyes widen in excitement. ¡°I hope he likes it,¡± he nervously ponders, doubting himself a little bit. Taking in a deep breath of cold air, he looks over towards the Colossus¡¯ head and asks, ¡°Are we ready to set off Col?¡±.
¡°Col, that''s a new one, but it''s the best one so far. I''ve never had a name, so I''ll adopt it for now. My companion is giving me so many wonderful gifts,¡± the Colossus silently accepts Zohn¡¯s gift after a bit of contemplation. Witnessing the Colossus silent acceptance, Zohn releases a sigh of relieve, his nervousness dissipating considerably.
¡°Yes, I''m ready,¡± the Colossus answers. ¡°I''m going to stand up, so be careful,¡± the Colossus warns, worryingly staring at Zohn. ¡°I''ve prepared myself, so I''ll be fine,¡± Zohn reassures, signalling the Colossus to begin. As the Colossus prepares to move, Zohn further tightens his grip on the spear.
Steadily, the Colossus rises from the beach. Underneath him, the soil crumbles and displaces under his enormous weight. His body rises higher toward the sky. Zohn stares off of the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, his mouth hangs open in awe. The Colossus'' shoulders have risen three times higher into the sky. The spectacular sight almost makes Zohn lose grip of his spear. ¡°So, this what a bird sees,¡± Zohn quietly stares in amazement.
Finally, the Colossus stands completely upright, his posture perfect. The Colossus¡¯ eyes scan the horizon, watching the sunrise in the east. ¡°Since we want to go north and the sun rises in the east, then our destination is¡¡± the Colossus ponders, slowly turning his head north.
Breaking his daze, Zohn closes his mouth and observes the Colossus. In Zohn''s eyes, anticipation burns. He''s ready for their journey and a bit excited. The Colossus¡¯ granite body shakes, causing Zohn to desperately grip his spear. The Colossus has begun to move.
The winds kick up around the Colossus enormous frame, a scent of change is in the air. The Colossus is ready to start his next adventure, and with Zohn by his side, there was nothing that could stand in their way. Determination fills the Colossus¡¯ granite eyes as he moves his body forward.
Firmly, the Colossus takes his first, proper step on the new continent. Like harbingers of fate, they move together. Their resolves are firm. The Colossus'' will is hard as iron. He may be a being from the past, but the future is his goal. He''s prepared to face any challenge that stands in his way.
(15) Change.
POV Zohn:
We¡¯ve been walking for about two months and I¡¯m shocked by the progress we¡¯ve made. We avoided civilization and kept to the rural countryside. Although it was a bit tedious trying to keep a walking mountain hidden, it was worth it in the end. We¡¯ve left an actual trail of destruction in our wake, an understandable consequence. Small, crater-sized holes dot the countryside, but no one will be able to guess their origin.
Talking to Col every day has granted me a new perspective into his life. In some aspects, we¡¯re completely different, but we have a surprising amount in common. Both of us have lived on the fringes of our respective society, although for completely different reasons. We¡¯re uniquely connected in our circumstances, trying to overcome the loneliness that we each harbour.
We are nearing the end of civilization and our peaceful days may soon come to an end. I¡¯m worried about what¡¯s to come. I don¡¯t want Col to suffer in the volcanic landscape. Our journey has brought us closer together and strengthened our bond. The sheer determination that Col has showcased these past months has pushed me towards a drastic decision; I¡¯ll accompany Col, no matter the circumstance. He has given me a new lease on life and I¡¯m prepared to pay that back in full, it¡¯s the least he deserves.
I tightly grip my spear as I maintain my balance, the moss lining his body doesn¡¯t help. The way he moves was a little disorientating at first, but I¡¯ve grown used to it. Still, if Col was bigger, then this would be less noticeable. The changing scenery is quite beautiful for an old goliath like me. I¡¯ve never actually left the area close to my hometown because of my obsession.
I don¡¯t have any regrets dedicating my life to perfect the spear arts, but the beautiful landscape brings a tear to my eye. I¡¯m still far off from perfecting my spear art, but I¡¯ve got all the time in the world for that, thus it¡¯s not my main concern currently. For a while, I¡¯ll take some time off and appreciate the world around me.
POV Colossus:
Walking around, on open ground and not in the ocean, feels refreshing. I¡¯ve spent too much time asleep, but now I can finally explore the continent. I only previously saw this continent a thousand years ago when it was still a barren wasteland, but now it¡¯s filled with beautiful nature and boundless colours.
The gentle feeling of the soft topsoil under my feet is much better than the hard and coarse dirt of the previous continent. Zohn said that the area where we are heading to has unstable soil, I just hope it¡¯s better than the ground around the place where I first woke up. I¡¯ll enjoy this feeling for now, and I¡¯ll worry about the other problems when they come around. Hopefully, the terrain stays nice just for a little while longer.Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site.
Unfortunately, my hopes are crushed in just a few minutes.
As I continue walking, the terrain keeps worsening. The wildlife is disappearing, and the small trees are becoming a rare sight. The soft soil is turning coarse with each step, and a strange feeling is welling up inside me. Why did the natural conditions change so suddenly? This shift is too sudden to be considered natural.
¡°Do you know why natural conditions changed so drastically?¡± I ask Zohn, hoping that he has an answer to this conundrum. ¡°I did say previously that there was a reason no one wanted to live near the centre of the continent, but I¡¯m also shocked by this drastic shift,¡± Zohn says in an exasperated voice.
¡°I¡¯ve never left the area of the village, so I¡¯ve never had a chance to personally witness the barren nature of the continent¡¯s centre.¡± Zohn continues, and I can¡¯t refute his observations. The surrounding landscape almost resembles a completely different world than the one I just walked through. Gone are the lush fields of grass and in their place, fields barren, black rocks have taken their place.
Grey mountains stretch out in front of us. We aren¡¯t at the volcano yet, I¡¯m sure of that, but this place feels different. The mountains are easily several kilometres high, even at their lowest points, making it an impossible climb. The only way through seems to be a large ravine-like crevice running through the mountain¡¯s centre. The crevice is big enough for me to fit inside comfortably, so it shouldn¡¯t be a big problem for us to take this route.
I carefully approach the crevice, and I notice something strange at the entrance. A weird bubble-like distortion is blocking the entrance of the crevice. If I didn¡¯t approach carefully, then I wouldn¡¯t have noticed it. ¡°Do you have any idea what this is Zohn?¡± I ask Zohn, hoping he has an answer for this strange phenomenon.
¡°I have no idea Col, this is the first time that I¡¯ve seen anything like this,¡± Zohn answers, sounding just as confused. ¡°We need to find a way past this mountain, do you have any other suggestions?¡± I ask Zohn, in the likelihood that he has a better way past the mountains without messing with this strange crevice.
¡°We could go around?¡± Zohn suggests. ¡°We could, but it would take too much time, even for us with the speed that we are travelling, judging by the size of the mountain ahead of us,¡± I reply. ¡°Do you have any other suggestions?¡± I ask again, just to make sure we don¡¯t have any better options.
¡°Sadly, I don¡¯t,¡± Zohn replies in a small voice, knowing was his response means. ¡°That leaves us with the only option left, and that is to go through the crevice,¡± I state calmly, trying to mask the excitement I felt. Looking over at Zohn standing on my shoulder, I see a mixed expression on his face. ¡°Besides, you said that you wanted adventure and going into the unknown is only the first step¡± I comfort Zohn, hoping to calm his nerves.
Preparing myself, I slowly take the first step into the strange crevice. I felt a slight repulsive force as I crossed the bubble¡¯s threshold. The world around me starts to transform and mould into a different shape. My granite mouth widens open in astonishment, and I can barely get any words out. Using all my willpower, I manage one sentence, ¡°I think we¡¯ve stepped into another world.¡±.
(16) Strange.
POV Narrator:
The world lost its shape around the giant body of the Colossus. The previous rocky landscape was no longer present. These surroundings could almost be described as a different place entirely. This whole place is very different from what a person would expect from a rocky crevice in the side of a desolate black mountain.
The Colossus stares in awe at the majesty of the sight before him. He¡¯s floating through space like a bird through the sky. The surroundings aren¡¯t the solid landscapes that he¡¯s used to. No, this is something entirely different. Around him, swirling rivers fill the entire reality from tiny streams of red to sprawling rivers of every colour on the rainbow.
The Colossus stares intently at the rivers coursing all around him. It feels like he¡¯s staring at the very building blocks of creation itself. He isn¡¯t far off in his assumption. Coursing all around him was rivers of elemental essence. The very heart that all the other elementals from the first age transformed into.
The concept of gravity doesn¡¯t exist here. There¡¯s no ground or surface to walk on. On the Colossus¡¯s shoulder, Zohn is passed out. The only thing keeping him connected to the Colossus was his trusted spear. Zohn was subconsciously gripping the spear tightly even in his unconscious state, and this kept him from floating off into the vast expanse.
The Colossus is slowly drifting further and further away from the bubble-like entrance of the mountain crevice. Steadily, he drifts deeper into this strange place. He¡¯s so fascinated by this pitch-black world filled with magnificent rivers, that he didn¡¯t know that he¡¯s secretly being watched.
POV ???.
Another day keeping watch over the elemental realm. It¡¯s an important job to keep this place in check, for its very existence is vital to the continuation of the cycle of the ages. Sometimes a creeping thought wanders through my mind as I keep watch, ¡®Is the System the only thing keeping watch over this mysterious place?¡¯.
That thought can haunt even one as powerful myself, but I do my best to keep those thoughts in check. This is only the second quarter of my Millennium long watch, and I will make sure that nothing goes wrong here. I must make sure. The age is still young, so anything can happen. Without this place, the cycle of ages wouldn¡¯t be possible.
These mighty rivers contain the elemental essence that we need to start the next age when the time comes. If the signal comes to start the next age, and this place isn¡¯t ready, then I don¡¯t want to think of what will happen. I can at least take solace in the fact that it¡¯s tough to get into this place. It takes a significant amount of power out of my brother and sisters to even send a single individual into this location to keep watch, so for anyone to come into this place is an arduous task.If you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.
I can¡¯t let my thoughts wander. I need to stay vigilant. I retake my watchful stance as I continue to watch the elemental rivers, with rainbow colour, coursing through the realm. I suddenly spot something strange off in the distance, near the edge of this realm. Off in the distance, I spot what looks like to be the silhouette of a humanoid creature.
There¡¯s something other than elemental rivers in this realm. How can this be? I should take a closer look. I carefully make my way towards the silhouette off in the distance, making sure to keep out of the elemental rivers¡¯ way. I might be powerful, but even the slightest touch from these rivers is enough to obliterate me. Within a matter of minutes, I¡¯m finally close enough to make out the silhouettes figure, and I¡¯m intrigued by what I found. With calm eyes, I stare at the body of a strange granite man floating through the elemental space.
While staring at the granite man, I can¡¯t help but wonder how it got into this realm. The only reliable way that is known to get here is by forcing your way into this realm, but this being is not strong enough to achieve that. I start to diligently scan the surrounding and then I notice something off in the distance. A bubble-like portal is closing at a rapid pace at the edge of this realm.
An entrance formed into this realm? That is an exceptionally rare occurrence. If I¡¯m right, then this is only the third portal ever to create a pathway into this realm and the chances for a being to step through a portal that lasts for a day at most in astronomically small. Now that I think about it, how is this granite man still alive? The elemental essence should¡¯ve ripped him apart, the second that he entered this realm.
I inch myself closer to the granite man, hoping he won¡¯t notice my presence. It looks like he¡¯s distracted at least, so he won¡¯t notice if I get a little closer. When I finally get within a kilometre of the granite man¡¯s body, I found myself unable to progress further. What is this!? I quickly step back in shock, and that¡¯s when I finally notice a giant translucent barrier surrounding the granite man. So that¡¯s how he survived the journey.
This thing doesn¡¯t belong here in the elemental realm, and it is my job to watch over this place, so the best solution will be to cast him out. At least I can control a tiny bit of the essence while I¡¯m in here thus opening a portal out shouldn¡¯t be a problem. I calm myself and begin to concentrate on manipulating the essence around me.
I slowly start to construct a portal out of this realm¡¯s elemental essence, and I place it near the location of the portal that the granite man used to enter this realm. When I finished the portal, I used the elemental essence to push the granite man out of the realm. Slowly the granite man was sent away, and my watch can finally continue in peace.
(17) Differences.
POV Narrator:
The Colossus stares at the magnificent elemental rivers rushing around him. This incredible sight, for reasons unknown to himself, filled the Colossus with a sense of relief and calm. He feels at home here, but the feeling doesn''t last for long. A strong force pushes against the strange bubble barrier around him.
The Colossus¡¯ eyes widen in shock as he suddenly moves at a quick pace towards the very edge of the realm. His eyes grow in horror as an elemental river rapidly changes its course. The magnificent rainbow of colours unceremoniously crashes into the golden barrier surrounding him, leaving him in a state of stupor.
The pushing force grows, and the Colossus¡¯ speed increases exponentially. The Colossus feels the world, in which he felt home, reject him. In his confusion, the Colossus speaks up melancholy, ¡°It looks like I¡¯m not welcome here¡±. The Colossus rapidly nears the realm¡¯s edge, getting pushed out faster and faster.
In front of the Colossus¡¯ giant eyes, a bubble-like portal forms. The force pushing the Colossus grows stronger with the formation of the portal. In the blink of an eye, the Colossus is forced through the portal and back into the outside world. The Colossus could have sworn that he heard a quiet sigh of relief reverberate throughout the elemental realm upon his unceremonious departure.
POV Colossus:
What was that place? I felt at home there, more than anywhere that I¡¯ve been in the past thousands of years. I felt so at home yet the place rejected me. I should not dwell on these sad thoughts. At least Zohn seems to be alright. I was too shocked back there to take care of him, but it appears that my worries were ungrounded. That place didn¡¯t seem safe, and it would have been devastating if I lost Zohn.
I shouldn¡¯t keep worrying about Zohn so much. He¡¯s still young, but I won¡¯t always be able to take care of him. Especially when the next evolution sleep comes. I¡¯m not sure what will happen when I go to sleep and a thousand years is a long time to wait. Zohn is beginning to wake, I''ll leave those sad thoughts for another occasion. We still have a long way to travel, and I¡¯m not yet ready for that conversation.
POV Narrator:
While still gripping his beloved spear, Zohn¡¯s eyes slowly open. He looks around in bewilderment, unsure of their current situation. ¡°Is this the other side of the portal?¡± Zohn asks in an uncertain tone. The Colossus looks over at Zohn, and his eyes seem unsure. ¡°Yes,¡± the Colossus slowly answers, hesitation evident in his voice.This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon.
¡°Is everything alright?¡± Zohn asks, knowing that the Colossus was currently acting differently than his usual optimistic self. ¡°yes-yes, everything is alright¡± the Colossus answers, his voice still a bit strained, but not as evident. Zohn looks with sceptical eyes at the Colossus but decides to let this go for now seeing that the Colossus had no apparent reason to lie to him.
¡°Do you know where we are right now?¡± Zohn asks slightly upbeat, trying to brighten the mood. ¡°From what I can tell, we didn¡¯t move too far away, but we at least managed to avoid that strange mountain range¡± the Colossus answers in his usual slightly upbeat tone, happy with the change of topic.
Zohn stands up and with a lot of effort, pulls his spear from the granite. Going near the edge of the Colossus¡¯ shoulder Zohn looks observes the landscape stretching out in front of him. The sun was beginning to set, and in the back of Zohn¡¯s mind, he ponders just how long they had spent in that portal.
In the distant horizon of the setting sun, Zohn spots the silhouette of a lone giant mountain looming in the distance. He knows that they were finally getting closer to their goal, but there are still many more dangers in their way before they can reach the volcano. ¡°We¡¯ve made some progress at least,¡± Zohn says to the Colossus, slightly startling him. ¡°Is he alright?¡± Zohn questions himself.
¡°The sun is going to set soon, and it won¡¯t be ideal to travel at night, so we¡¯ll stay here,¡± Zohn says, trying to grab the Colossus'' attention. ¡°I agree, it will be prudent to start travelling tomorrow,¡± the Colossus answers, still a bit shaken by their near-death experience. The Colossus slowly lowers itself to the ground, and Zohn rushes to plant his spear into the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, hoping to stop himself from falling off again.
Still moving around to find a comfortable sitting position, much to Zohn¡¯s bewilderment, the Colossus finally stills himself. While leaning against the spear, planted on the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn restarts the conversation, ¡°There are still many dangers that lie in our path if we head directly towards the volcano¡±. ¡°Many dangers like what.¡± the Colossus asks. ¡°Mostly the hazards that I¡¯ve previously mentioned, like the lava river and volcanic lakes combined with the unstable ground from the constant eruptions.¡± Zohn answers in a grave tone.
¡°Those won¡¯t be a problem.¡± the Colossus curtly answers, much to Zohn¡¯s shock. ¡°What do you mean, ¡¯Those won¡¯t be a problem¡¯?¡± Zohn asks, taken surprise by the Colossus¡¯ bold statement. ¡°Exactly what I meant. My body is made from hard granite; mere lava won¡¯t be able to harm me in the slightest.¡± the Colossus responds confidently.
¡°And what about the unstable ground?¡± Zohn quickly retorts. The Colossus takes a moment to think and then replies in his strangely confident voice, ¡°We¡¯ll cross that bridge when we get there¡±. Bewildered by the Colossus¡¯ statement, Zohn decides to give up the conversations for tonight and prepares himself for the hard journey ahead.
(18) Traveling.
POV Narrator:
The rocky soil cracks under the Colossus¡¯ giant feet. The silhouette of a lone black mountain can be seen in the distance. Each step that the Colossus takes reverberates through the landscape. In the wake of the Colossus¡¯ path, their trail of destruction continues. Large craters line the landscape with each step that the Colossus takes.
Like a quite literal force of nature, the Colossus continues his path towards the enormous volcano looming in the distance. On the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn observes the landscape stretching out in front of him and sighs. He turns around and studies the Colossus¡¯ shoulder. The moss-covered stone stretches out like fields of grass. Dirt patches line the ground.
Zohn looks over at the house that the Colossus built for him. The magically formed white granite structure looks otherworldly. The river like a moat surrounds his home, complementing its serene beauty. A smile widens on Zohn¡¯s lips as he takes it all in. He steadily walks over to his house. Each step filled with confidence, having had an ample amount of time to practice moving on the Colossus¡¯ moving body.
As Zohn nears one of the dirt patches, an idea suddenly pops into his mind. Quickening his pace, Zohn quickly reaches the looming doors of his home. Heading straight towards the storage room. He starts to meticulously search through every single container until he finally finds what he was looking for. A small leather pouch containing a small seed.
After obtaining the leather bag, Zohn exits his house. While making his way back towards the dirt patch, Zohn¡¯s mind wanders back towards his childhood in the village. His vivid memories of training alone in the forest near the town and his frustration in the journey of self-discovery. A reminiscent smile is plastered on his face as he abruptly reaches the dirt patch.
Zohn slowly bends down and carefully digs a small hole with his hands and places the seed inside. Uncorking the water bottle on his waist, Zohn carefully pours a small amount of water on the little seed after closing the hole. Zohn stands up and the memories of his days in the forest resurface again. Gripping his spear tightly, Zohn goes into the first stance that he taught himself when he was younger.
Zohn transitions to the second position, then the third, then the fourth, until he completed all twenty stances of his kata. The moves flow like water between each stance seamlessly. His decades of hard practice weren¡¯t meaningless. His fame wasn¡¯t unjustified. The air was reverberating with power when Zohn finished his kata. Zohn nods, satisfied with having completed his warmup routine.Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon.
Zohn started practising the moves that he¡¯s been refining for years. The sun continues to climb higher into the sky as he continues to practice one move after another. When the sun reached its highest point, he decides to take a break. A smug look rests on his face as he takes his well-deserved rest. He''s much calmer now, having vented some of his frustrations.
Taking a deep breath, Zohn makes his way towards the edge of the Colossus¡¯ shoulder and looks over at the lone volcano piercing through the heavens. He stares at the volcano, bewildered by the Colossus¡¯ decision to travel there. The volcano has always been a forbidden place, no one lived there and finding travellers wasrare.
They are rapidly nearing the volcano. It shouldn¡¯t be long before they reach the volcano¡¯s base, half a day at most. ¡°What are you planning to do at the volcano?¡± Zohn asks, genuinely intrigued by the Colossus¡¯ travelling destination. The Colossus looks over at Zohn and a small grin forms on his rocky face. ¡°You¡¯ll see,¡± the Colossus states mysteriously.
¡°What do you mean ¡®You¡¯ll see¡¯? Can¡¯t you just tell me now?¡± Zohn asks again, slightly irritated. Seeing Zohn¡¯s angry face, the Colossus¡¯ quickly adds, ¡°Don¡¯t get angry Zohn, it¡¯s a surprise, and it would be meaningless to spoil it right now.¡±. A conflicted expression appears on the Colossus¡¯ face, ¡°I could just tell him now, he looks a little angry. No, I¡¯ve already decided that it¡¯s going to be a surprise and changing my decision now would be meaningless¡±.
The Colossus strengthens his confidence and proceeds towards the volcano at a slightly quicker pace, leaving larger indentations on the ground. Zohn sighs and again decides to drop the topic for now. He stares in wonder at the giant volcanic lakes that flood the plain and the endless lava rivers that snake through the landscape.
The dangers that the other Goliaths feared were mere tourist attractions for Zohn. The Colossus¡¯ powerful body enabling him to freely traverse this forbidden location like it was some holiday location. The sun began to set as they finally reached the base of the volcano. The Colossus and Zohn are amazed at the sheer size of the mountain, easily over ten kilometres tall.
The lone volcano is piercing through the heavens with its highest peak. A deep impression is left on the duo as they stare at the constant lava that floods out of the volcano, forming lava falls and other strange and bizarre sights. There was a reason that this volcano that easily dwarfs the other mountain range was a forbidden place and now the reason is even more apparent.
¡°There is only one way to go now, and that is up, so let¡¯s start climbing,¡± the Colossus says with an unusual amount of excitement. ¡°Col, just what are you planning?¡± Zohn asks himself quietly as the Colossus starts his enthusiastic ascent of the dangerous volcano.
(19) Ascent.
POV Narrator:
Over the horizon, the sun was ending its descent, marking the end of the day¡¯s journey. The duo has arrived at the volcano¡¯s base in a short amount of time. The Colossus lets out a sigh of relief, with a smile plastered on his face, and offhandedly comments, ¡°Looks like there was no reason for us to rush, we made it before the sunset.¡±.
The Colossus approaches the base of the volcano. Lava rivers snake around his feet, as he reaches the volcano¡¯s base. ¡°Hold on tight, it would be a tragedy if you fell off today,¡± The Colossus advises Zohn in a commanding tone filled with seriousness. ¡°I¡¯ll make sure to hold on tight,¡± Zohn replies, heading the Colossus¡¯ warning. A small grin of anticipation forms on Zohn¡¯s face as he stares at the mighty volcano that they are about to ascend.
Zohn carefully makes his way towards his home and enters its courtyard. Making his way towards the courtyard¡¯s centre, Zohn starts to prepare himself. Zohn tenses his muscles, and he clenches his spear with all his might. Focusing his entire spear towards a single point, Zohn plunges his beloved spear into the Colossus¡¯ granite shoulder, forming a robust and stable handhold for him to use in the Colossus¡¯ climb.
Steeling his determination, the Colossus starts to move. He lifts his left leg and kicks the volcano¡¯s wall. The volcano¡¯s wall crumbles and a foot hole forms. The Colossus carefully takes his first step in ascending this mighty volcano. The Colossus grabs a ledge as a handhold and lifts himself, over fifty meters at a time.
Off in the distance, the sun¡¯s final rays start to disappear. The Colossus anchors himself to the volcano¡¯s wall and turns his head to stare at the descending sun. A contemplative look appears on the Colossus¡¯ face, and he suggests to Zohn in a calm voice, ¡°Night is approaching quickly, so it might be better if we find a place to rest. It¡¯s dangerous to climb at night with low visibility.¡±. ¡°That¡¯s not a bad idea, but I don¡¯t see any place for us to rest for the night. We¡¯ve already climbed over a thousand meters,¡± Zohn replies, agreeing with the Colossus¡¯ suggestion.
The Colossus looks over at Zohn, and a mischievous grin appears on his granite face. The Colossus pulls his right arm back and punches a hole in the mountain''s side, much to Zohn¡¯s dismay. The Colossus continues to dig a hole for ten minutes until he¡¯s dug out an alcove big enough to comfortably fit his giant body inside. Finally settling inside his small alcove, the Colossus turns towards the alcove¡¯s entrance.
The Colossus¡¯ legs dangle out of the alcove, like a small child sitting on a chair that¡¯s too big for him. Zohn finally unclenches his spear and exits his courtyard. Carefully making his way towards the Colossus¡¯ head, he finds himself a place to sit on the Colossus¡¯ shoulder. Staring out of the alcove, Zohn observes beautiful night sky in all its majesty.Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences.
The bright constellations glitter in the night sky and they remind Zohn of his childhood days in his home village, learning about all magnificent creatures that each constellation represents. Leering over the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn stares at the ground below them. The bright lava rivers snake around the landscape, like the roots of a tree and the volcano as the tree itself.
¡°What a beautiful sight,¡± Zohn remarks out of pure admiration, igniting the night¡¯s conversation. ¡°Views like these are one of the reasons that I still wish to roam the world.¡± The Colossus replies, agreeing with Zohn¡¯s remark. ¡°Is that the reason why we¡¯re climbing this volcano?¡± Zohn asks, still curious about their reason for coming to this dangerous location.
The Colossus looks over to Zohn on his shoulder and gives a thoughtful look. ¡°This is just a bonus. The real reason why we are here lies at the top of the volcano.¡± The Colossus replies to Zohn, still unwilling to give a straight answer. ¡°Can¡¯t you just tell me whats at the volcano¡¯s top?!¡± Zohn grumbles in a quiet voice, irritated by the Colossus constantly eluding his question.
The Colossus stares at Zohn intently for a few seconds that seemed like an eternity and finally lets out a sigh, ¡°Fine, I¡¯ll tell you.¡±. Zohn¡¯s expression lightens after the Colossus¡¯ agreement. ¡°The truth is that I don¡¯t know what awaits me at the top of the volcano, but I feel something pushing me to reach the volcano¡¯s summit, and I feel compelled to follow this urge.¡± The Colossus replies, finally revealing some of the truth to Zohn.
¡°But what do you hope to find at the volcano¡¯s summit?¡± Zohn continues to ask, still curious about the Colossus¡¯ goal. ¡°Hopefully a way forward.¡± The Colossus replies in a mysterious tone, leaving a frown on Zohn¡¯s face. ¡°That is enough questions for tonight, let¡¯s leave the difficult conversation topics for another night and just enjoy this gorgeous view.¡± The Colossus states in a firm tone, turning his head towards the landscape stretching out below. ¡°I¡¯ve learned enough for tonight. I¡¯ll ask again at a better time; maybe then will Col tell me the whole truth,¡± Zohn lets out a sigh.
After observing the landscape for what seemed like hours, Zohn finally decides to stand up and head to bed, knowing that he¡¯s going to need all the energy he can get for tomorrow¡¯s final push towards the volcano¡¯s peak. Carefully making his way on the Colossus¡¯ granite shoulder lined with moss, Zohn quietly enters his home. Arriving at his bed, Zohn lies down and closes his eyes, drifting off into the world of dreams.
As the first rays of sunlight break the horizon, Zohn exits his house. Making his way towards the Colossus¡¯ head, he arrives without a problem. The Colossus looks over at Zohn and asks in an excited voice, ¡°Are you ready to finally climb the volcano?¡±. ¡°Let¡¯s be the first beings in history to achieve this mighty feat,¡± Zohn replies in a voice filled with renewed determination.
(20) Peak.
POV Narrator:
The Colossus carefully leans over the alcove''s ledge and observes the ground far below. ¡°Zohn, prepare to hold on tight, I¡¯m going to start moving soon. Just tell me when you¡¯re ready,¡± The Colossus warns Zohn. Nodding his head, Zohn quickly makes his way towards his home. In the centre of his courtyard, Zohn finds his spear still embedded in the granite floor. Strengthening his determination, he grips this spear.
¡°Okay, I¡¯m ready.¡± Zohn signals to the Colossus that he can begin to move. Hearing the confirmation, the Colossus slowly makes his way out of the alcove. The volcano¡¯s side is a sheer cliff rising for kilometres into the sky, with no sign of stopping. Grabbing his previous handholds, the Colossus prepares to start climbing again.
Steadily, the Colossus makes progress up the volcano¡¯s steep side. Meter by meter, he climbs relentlessly, showing no sign of fatigue or hesitance. As he climbs, he spots unusual sights and beautiful locations. At two thousand meters, the cliff is lined with exotic birds¡¯ nests and other unique foliage. The Colossus, in the birds¡¯ eyes, is a calamity ravaging through their home. The poor Colossus is woefully unaware of the disaster that he¡¯s caused.
At the height of five thousand meters, the Colossus is finding it harder and harder to spot the ground far below. The air is thinning out, and any signs of vegetation are dwindling. Each meter they rise in the air, the cold air is steadily becoming colder. Zohn can only do his best to hold on, even in these harsh weather conditions.
At the elevation of six thousand meters, the Colossus finally breaks through the cloud barrier surrounding the lone volcano. The sun shines directly above the Colossus¡¯ head, signalling that it''s midday already. ¡°It looks like we¡¯ve made a lot of progress in a decent amount of time,¡± The Colossus reassures himself, knowing that his climbing efforts weren¡¯t in vain.
At the height of eight thousand meters, lava falls can be seen flowing out from within the gigantic volcano. Tons upon tons of lava and solid material flow out of these lava falls every second. The air around these giant lava falls reverberates with incredible heat. The air feels warm here, giving some relief to the poor goliath freezing in his home.
At the height of nine thousand meters, a thick layer of frost begins to coat the Colossus¡¯ body. Unable to bear these conditions anymore, Zohn finally speaks up, ¡°Col can you stop for a moment, I need to get myself something warmer to wear.¡± ¡°That won¡¯t be a problem; I could use a little rest myself,¡± The Colossus readily agrees, even though he didn¡¯t seem tired at all.Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator.
Prying his frost-covered hands from the shaft of the spear, Zohn quickly makes his way towards his storage room. Grabbing bundles of warm blankets, Zohn returns to the courtyard. Wrapping himself in a bundle of heat, Zohn grips his spear tightly. ¡°Ahh, much better,¡± Zohn sighs in relief. ¡°Okay, let''s continue our ascent,¡± Zohn signals the Colossus to start climbing again.
Looking at the sun descending lower and lower in the distance, the Colossus continues his climb with determination. Steadily the Colossus is nearing the volcano¡¯s peak. His goal is getting closer, and he¡¯s being filled with anticipation. With his last bit of strength, the Colossus finally places his hand on the volcano¡¯s peak.
Slowly pulling himself up, the Colossus finally stands upright at to very peak of the volcano, with the sun setting majestically in the background creating a heroic scene of a hero triumphing over evil. Not that the Colossus ever did anything heroic. In front of the Colossus, a lava lake stretches out, forming the mouth of the volcano. Zohn exits his house, still covered with the bundles of blankets, and walks next to the Colossus¡¯ head, staring out at the lava lake stretching out in front of him. Strangely, no volcanic fumes emerge from the volcano.
The Colossus takes a large stride into the lava lake. Zohn quickly shouts in shock, ¡°What are you doing!?¡±. As if struck out of a trance, the Colossus turns his head towards Zohn. ¡°What I¡¯m looking for is waiting for me inside this lava lake, I just know it,¡± The Colossus replies, trying to reason with Zohn. Zohn stares at the Colossus, dumbfounded by his answer.
¡°What is it that you¡¯re looking for? We¡¯re companions, so can¡¯t you just tell me.¡± Zohn asks the Colossus in a pleading tone. The Colossus stares at Zohn intently, then he finally relents and asks in a calm voice, ¡°Zohn,do you remember when we talked about the titles that I need?¡±. Zohn thinks back, then he finally remembers, ¡°Yes, I remember our conversation, but what does it have to do with entering this dangerous lake?¡±.
¡°I have this unexplainable hunch that the title that I¡¯m looking for is only obtainable by entering this lava lake.¡± The Colossus explains to Zohn. Zohn stares at the Colossus with concerned eyes, then he finally lets out a deep sigh. ¡°It seems that I just have to trust you, you haven¡¯t let me down yet. I¡¯m sorry I doubted you before.¡± Zohn agrees with the Colossus¡¯ plan and a large childlike smile forms on the Colossus¡¯ face. ¡°You won¡¯t be disappointed.¡± The Colossus states with confidence, reassuring Zohn of his decision.
Methodically taking his first proper step into the lava lake, the Colossus starts to sink into its depths. When lava neared his waist level, the Colossus stops sinking, much to Zohn¡¯s relief. With his next step, the colossus reaches the lake¡¯s centre. The lake is merely a hundred meters wide and not much of an obstacle for the Colossus.
After reaching the lava lake¡¯s centre, the Colossus sits down. Zohn panics as the lava level rises but calms himself when it stops just at the edge of the Colossus shoulder. The Colossus quietly closes its eyes, and a smile appears on his face. ¡°It looks like your trust wasn¡¯t misplaced, Zohn. This is precisely the place that I needed to visit.¡± The Colossus says to Zohn in an ecstatic voice filled with confidence.
(21) Resolve.
POV Colossus:
This lava feels quite refreshing. It¡¯s much more bearable than the cold air ravaging this mountain. Now, I must find the right position. At least this lava lake is big enough to hold my entire body. Even with my eyes closed, this isn¡¯t that hard. Ah-ha! Finally found the right place. I guess my intuition wasn¡¯t misleading me.
Why is it becoming harder to move? It feels like the already dense lava is starting to harden around me. Oh no, the water that my body generates is cooling the lava! I need to move faster. While struggling against the lava, I finally position myself over the volcanic tube, sealing off the volcano¡¯s lava flow. With the continues flow of lava cut, the lava cooling process around me expedites rapidly.
I keep concentrating on the cooling process. This feeling of being entombed isn¡¯t much different than my second evolution. It looks like the cooling process has finished. How long did it take? Twenty minutes? More like thirty minutes, but that¡¯s still a short amount of time. I generate this much water?
I keep my eyes closed. The suspicion that something big is going to happen, grips me. Suddenly, as if on cue, a notification appears in front of me. I stare at it wide-eyed, the reality of the situation finally settling in.
| Volcanic master |
| Title granted for calming a raging volcano and stopping the flow of lava. |
| Colossal Dream |
| Requirements met... evolving. |
| Completion time |
| 1000 years. |
It¡¯s time for me to slumber again. I feel guilty for leaving Zohn behind. I can¡¯t sleep yet, I need to talk to Zohn just one more time. An intense feeling of sleep is gripping me, and it¡¯s only getting tighter. I struggle to open my drowsy eyes and I stare at my entombed body. Volcanic rock has completely encased my whole body, only leaving the top of my shoulders and my head free.
I turn my head, looking at my shoulder. I spot Zohn starting at me with a confused expression. Mustering up enough strength, I manage to speak, ¡°Zohn, I¡¯m not sure how long I¡¯ll be able to stay awake, so I¡¯ll speak quickly.¡±. A concerned look surfaces on Zohn¡¯s face. Zohn¡¯s mouth opens as if he wants to say something, but then I quickly stop him.Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators!
¡°We don¡¯t have enough time to argue, so please just listen. I can¡¯t explain everything right now, but know this is not without good reason. I¡¯m about to enter my evolution sleep. For the next thousand years, I¡¯ll be unable to wake up. I need you to watch over me during this time. I know this is unexpected and I''m sorry for not telling you sooner, but I was scared that you''d leave me. I know a thousand years is a long time, but I hope you can forgive me for lying,¡± I manage to say, my voice getting weaker with each word.
¡°I need you to stay strong during this time. The world around you may change drastically. My body will also change during this time, but I hope our friendship will remain unchanged. We are companions, are we not?¡± I manage to add, still feeling guilty. With those final words, I close my eyes. Entering the evolution sleep.
POV Zohn:
Why didn¡¯t you tell me this was your reason for coming here? I wouldn¡¯t have objected to it. You were probably afraid that I would leave you, weren¡¯t you? When I made that vow, I did mean it. When you told me that you needed titles to evolve, I found it strange, even with the unique trait that you possess, but it wouldn¡¯t give me a reason to abandon you. Were you afraid that I wouldn¡¯t wait for a thousand years? We are companions, now and for eternity. A mere thousand years is nothing to me, compared to the bond that we share. I would have stood to watch over you even if you didn¡¯t ask me.
Strengthening my resolve to the absolute level, I make a silent vow that no harm will come to Col while I watch over him. With the vow made, I shift my gaze to the surrounding landscape. The air up here is thin, making this the perfect place to train. I¡¯ll be strong enough to stop anyone from harming him. When Col wakes up again, he won¡¯t be able to compare my skill now to my skill then.
There is still one other thing that I need to address first. I examine the surrounding landscape. The lava that hardened around Col, entombing him, made the top of the volcano flat. The ground is made of coarse volcanic rock, leaving an unpleasant sight to behold. If I¡¯m going to stay here for the next thousand years, then some changes need to be made.
I have enough food in my house to last me for a long time, but not for a thousand years. I turn my head to the spot where I planted the seed a couple of days ago. I walk closer and I inspect the spot with more scrutiny. A smile appears on my face, a small sprout is sticking out of the dirt. Looks like I¡¯m it¡¯s possible to cultivate plant and trees on Col.
The barren landscape is a very unpleasant sight. I¡¯ll just need to terraform it. It would usually take generations to terraform a landscape or plant a forest, but I have all the time in the world. I¡¯ll make the volcano¡¯s peak look like paradise on earth. I just need to stay determined. If an individual is isolated for a long time, then they will go insane. I will need to strengthen my mind and have a clear goal. The only thing that I truly need is strength and if I keep striving for that goal, then I will have a chance at sanity.
Don¡¯t worry Col, when you wake up, you wouldn¡¯t be able to even recognise a single part of this mountain top. With my goals set, I walk to my house with a new fire burning in my eyes.
Interlude Arc 2.
Ages come and Ages go
Oceans rise and empires fall
A time will start
A time will end
The Twelfth Age has given its last breath
A watchful eye keeps all in checkThe story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.
A silent keeper none may dread
An Age blooms and shines with light
An Age of humans willing to fight
An Age born from ash and dust
Ready to stand at creations cusp
A mountain looms at creations heart
Ready to witness civilizations restart
A place of companions filled with trust
Honour bound until ashes to dust
Times may change and People will fall
The end comes at natures call
A vow made with solid stone
Mightier than the highest throne
(22) Determination.
POV Narrator:
Time does not stop for any being, it doesn¡¯t matter how mighty they are. An age passes like the changing of a season. The new becomes the old and the old becomes the new once again. Mighty heroes fall to the decay of time and new heroes rise to take their place. The age of Goliaths has come to an end, but one still remains.
A new age has dawned, the 13th age. An age of men. The lands have changed. Continents broke and formed anew, yet one place remains the same. A lonely mountain piercing the heavens. Forming the heart of a new supercontinent, dominating half of the world¡¯s surface. A lonely mountain surrounded with golden light. A barrier stopping any challenge to its might.
A new power hums in the air. The age of swords and magic has come again. Islands fly up to fill the sky, a new and wondrous world has truly arrived. The age of goliaths has truly come to an end, the age of man has started in their stead.
POV Dawkin Rosepeak
Strength is the only path towards freedom. I was blinded with kindness in my childhood, but now I finally see this world¡¯s true nature. Freedom must be fought for and earned, no one¡¯s willing to just hand it to you. I still shudder at the thought of my precious village¡¯s situation. The fear of this world¡¯s dangers entraps them in their dark homes, despair clinging to their every thought.
Dangerous and malicious creatures wander this world and roaming hordes of barbarous humans follow in their wake. Only seeking to destroy and pillage. My village is the last bastion of kindness and civilization, I won¡¯t let it fall to this world¡¯s cruelty. The only path towards this ideal is through great personal strength. Powerful enough to defend my village and the values that it harbours.
This is my first time truly alone, away from home, but I don¡¯t feel alone. The hopes of my people keep me company. There¡¯s a legend in my village, it tells of a lonely mountain piercing through the sky, unyielding in its majesty. This is my destination. The legend states that up in the dangerous norths from my village, where innumerable dangers lie, the mountain can be found.
It¡¯s there, at this legendary mountain, where I¡¯ll find my strength. This path that I¡¯ve chosen is not a path that any man can casually walk. Five people have tried to find this lonely mountain and five people have failed. The last attempt claimed the life of my father and I will succeed where he has failed. I do not fear death, only the notion of failing in my journey and abandoning my village to the cruel fate that this world has condemned it to.
I¡¯ve been travelling for three weeks, but I don¡¯t feel lost. It feels as if fate is leading me, keeping me away from the wandering path. Wild creatures and savage beasts plague the landscape, but I will not submit. When I¡¯m surrounded by a pack of wolves, I dare not falter in my actions. I strike at the wolves with my sword, hacking and slashing everything in sight. The thoughts of my people provide me with strength. I will not fail¡ I cannot fail.
With dreary eyes and a sword dripping with blood, I stare at the massacre around me. The same phrase echoes throughout my whole being, ¡°Only strength can guarantee freedom in this cruel world¡±. I do not enjoy killing, but life isn¡¯t made for the weak. Everything has a purpose, even the death of these vicious wolves. Their pelts will make excellent clothes to help me fight the cold nights, those that chills me to the bone.
It doesn¡¯t take long to skin the wolves and clean their pelts. I must work fast and efficiently, I don¡¯t have the luxury of rest or comfort, so I can¡¯t spend a great deal of time to make proper clothes. The bare minimum will do. The cold nights will still be cold, but at least not as unbearable as before. The night will arrive in a few hours and I must prepare.
The cold wind howls in my ear as I quickly dig a small hole to take shelter in for the night, the sun setting in the background as I work. As darkness covers the night, I crawl into my small hole and cover myself with the wolf pelts, insulating myself from the dangers of the world. A small amount of comfort fills me on this chilly night, where the cries of wild beasts fill the night sky.
On my fourth week of travelling, I finally spot a tall mountain protruding out of the horizon. A tall, lonely mountain, just as the legend stated. A tear drips from my eye and a small sense of relief washes over me. My thought drifts back to my village and I exclaim in my heart that their trust wasn¡¯t misplaced. I will succeed where everyone else has failed.
Even if I¡¯ve found the mountain, it doesn¡¯t mean that all the dangers are gone. Even if I¡¯m the most capable person in my village, I should still be cautious. It takes another day to reach the mountain''s base and I¡¯m in awe of its majesty. How can such a tall mountain exist, it¡¯s at least double the size of any mountain that I¡¯ve previously seen.The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement.
The sun is setting over the horizon, giving me little time to keep pondering over this matter. Digging another small hole to crawl into, I take my rest for the night. The howls of wild beasts feel like old friends at this point and with the mountain at my back, I sleep peacefully for the first time in over four weeks.
As the first rays of sunlight pierce the night sky, I wake up full of energy. Staring up at the enormous cliff in front of me, a sense of dread strikes me. Am I capable of climbing this mountain? A feeling of inferiority washes over me and my confidence begins to waver. The faces of everyone in my village flashes in my mind and the feeling of dread and inferiority fades away, as quickly as it arrived.
I haven¡¯t come this far to just give up, I would rather die than give up. With a new form of determination filling every part of my body, I steel my resolve. The mountain''s first hundred meters is at a steep incline, but the real challenge comes after that. After the first hundred meters, the slope changes to a sheer cliff stretching out, into the clouds.
After contemplating the situation, I make a harsh decision. I dump every piece of unneeded equipment, including my sword and most of my food. The only things that I keep are enough food for three days and warm clothes. With the bare minimum equipment and feeling lighter than ever, I begin my ascent. The hike of a hundred meter didn¡¯t faze me at all, but the cliff is another challenge in its own right.
The smooth surface of the cliff face has corroded with time, leaving decent handholds. With my climbing route decided, I begin my ascent. The progress is slow at first, but I speed up as I gain more experience with climbing. After 2 hours of climbing, my muscles begin to quiver under the continues strain from climbing. Just as my strength was nearing its end, I reach a hollow in the cliff face easily twenty meters in diameter and thirty meters deep.
Barely pulling myself into the hollow, I lay flat on the ground, completely drained of energy. After taking ten minutes to recover, I finally take a proper look at the hollow. The hollow looks completely unnatural as if a small meteor crashed into the mountain¡¯s side and formed it. I can¡¯t ponder too long on this conundrum. This climb is much more difficult than I previously assumed and I need a new plan of action.
After calming my mind, I carefully lean over the hollow¡¯s side and observe the climbing route that I must follow. As I observe the cliff face, I spot another hollow a hundred meters up and it¡¯s almost the same size by my rough estimate. After deciding on my next destination, I start climbing again. I reach the second hollow with relative ease, only needing a five-minute rest to recover.
After observing the route again, I spot another hollow and it¡¯s also a hundred meters up. How can this be a coincidence? Maybe it¡¯s destiny helping me in this impossible task. If there''s a hollow every hundred meters, until the peak of this mountain, then this task might just be possible. A small smile creeps on my face and I¡¯m again refilled with confidence.
I continue my climb, determination pulsing within me with every meter that I ascend. Climbing from one hollow to another and resting, has allowed me to keep an unreasonable pace in my ascent of this mountain. When the sun was about to set, I reach an abnormally large hollow, easily big enough to fit a small hill. Without enough time to contemplate further, I find a warm corner and barricade myself from the wind, with a wall of loose stone.
I wake up at the break of dawn and my stomach starts to rumble with hunger. Taking out the small amount of food that I brought, I eat the bare minimum. Hoping to stretch out my supply for as long as possible. With the climbing experience that I had gained from the previous day¡¯s climb, I double my previous pace. At the end of the second day, I¡¯m already over four kilometres into the ascent.
I continue this pace for the next day. As the sun sets over the horizon, I finally reach the eight-kilometre mark. I crawl, into the hollow, with my last bit of energy and I barely manage to make a shelter before sleep claims me. On the morning of the fourth day, I wake up feeling broken and bruised. My hand''s filled with blisters and my stomach is rumbling with hunger.
Taking out my last scraps of food, I eat carefully, making sure not to waste even a crumb. I stand up and my body aches in protest. If I don¡¯t reach the peak today, then I¡¯m not going to make it in this life. Steeling my determination for a final time, I begin my last ascent. From one handhold to another, I climb like a monotonous machine with only one purpose.
As the day is nearing its end, I reach the last hollow, a mere hundred meters away from the mountain¡¯s peak. I can barely move my body at this point and my whole body feels weak. My energy reserve is completely dry. Tears fill my face as I lie on the hollow¡¯s ground. My body is screaming in pain, making me unable to think straight.
In this delusional state, my mind drifts back to my happy childhood days. The longing I feel for home clouds my mind. On the verge of completely giving up, a memory surfaces in my mind. I see the smiling faces of everyone in my village and the tears of my mother, as they see me off. They¡¯ve rested all their hopes on me and I¡¯ve failed.
As my tears roll on the ground, I hear my mother¡¯s voice, ¡°You would have made your father proud.¡±. I scream out of frustration and my very last bit of energy fills my body. Pushing myself off the ground with shaky arms, I drag myself towards the hollow¡¯s entrance. In a state of almost complete insanity, I start climbing again. Meter by meter, dragging myself up the cliff face. With my last bit of energy and one final scream, I pull myself over the cliff¡¯s edge and onto the mountain¡¯s peak. As I roll onto the peak, I¡¯m able to barely spot a patch of grass just as I pass out for the final time.
(23) Unexpected.
POV Dawkin Rosepeak:
A low buzzing sound rings in my ear, as I begin to regain consciousness for the first time. I can barely muster up the strength to open my eyes wide enough to see. Squinting my eyes, all I see around me is darkness. Weakness starts to overwhelm my entire body. I feel heavy footsteps approaching me and right before I lose consciousness, a thought echoes through my head, ¡°At least I¡¯m not alone.¡±.
In a delusional half-sleep state, I feel giant hands wrap themselves around my frail body, gently lifting me up from the hard ground. Only the steady bounce that accompanies each step, keeps me at the brink of consciousness. It¡¯s strange to be carried, but I don¡¯t have the energy to protest. Suddenly the cold mountain air becomes stale and the surroundings start to heat up. We must have entered some sort of cave. The gentle feeling of being laid down on something soft is the last thing I feel before sleep claims me again.
My childhood days, back in the village, fill my dreams. A better time, before I lost my innocence to this world¡¯s cruelty. When I was still a child, people would go and challenge the outside world. The days were happier and smiles accompanied everyone in the village, but after the event, everything changed. When it happened, I wasn¡¯t old enough to truly understand it. With my father¡¯s death, it felt like the world''s colour changed and an invisible weight was hung over everyone in the village.
The look of hope that was visible on every single face, the day that I departed from the village, appears in my dreams again. Those faces are the reason that I can¡¯t die on this mountain. I started this journey for them and I¡¯m not going to fail. I¡¯m their last hope and I¡¯ll be damned if I die like those brave individuals before me.
New strength fills my body and I try to sit up. My muscles burn with pain, but I manage. I try to move to the side, still unable to properly see. I suddenly fall, from what I assume is a ledge, a good two meters off the ground. Pain wracks my whole body, but I¡¯m not ready to give up yet. A small light enters my vision, like a small beacon of hope, lighting the way for me. With my weakened body, I slowly crawl towards the light.
As I near the light, it¡¯s intensity only grows stronger. I keep crawling without a clear direction in sight, then the light suddenly turns blinding. I feel the sun¡¯s heat on my aching back and a small sense of relief surfaces on my face. I don¡¯t know where I just was, but it seems that I made it outside. Soft grass greets my hands, as I keep crawling.The author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.
Slowly, my eyes adjust to the light and I can finally see, although barely. A beautiful scene fills my vision. Green grass stretching out and tall trees reaching into the sky, completely different from what you would expect from a barren mountain peak. I scan the surroundings and spot a figure sitting under the shade of a tree. This figure, while sitting, reached half the trees height. Must be a small tree, I thought, while observing the eight-meter-tall trees towering over my head.
My attention returns to the figure sitting under the tree. It looks like he¡¯s meditating and hasn¡¯t noticed my presence yet. Taking this opportunity, I crawl closer, still not able to stand. While trying to be as quiet as possible, I arrive within fifty meters of the figure. I¡¯m finally able to distinguish some of his features.
He looks like an old man, with long white hair covering his ears and a magnificent white beard that almost reaches his waist. His whole body is cladin, what appears to be, a pure white robe. The white robe, combined with his white hair, white beard and white skin, creates an imposing image. This image and the calm expression on his face gives me the impression of something divine. Like a holy saint filled with purity.
I subconsciously start to approach him, still crawling. Meter by meter, I slowly approach. The feeling of weakness becomes stronger as I advance and my vision starts to blur once again. With my goal in sight, I keep moving forward. When I finally get within five meters of the figure, I¡¯m unable to stay awake and I succumb to the weakness that was filling my entire body. Just before I pass out, I hear a soft sigh drift through the wind and the darkness of sleep greets me once again.
I have the same dream about my precious village. The same childhood days and the same location, but there¡¯s something different. The village¡¯s atmosphere doesn¡¯t seem so gloomy as before. A new light can be seen in the villagers¡¯ eyes. What does this mean? Why has the dream changed? It feels like I should know, but the truth keeps eluding me. Time quickly passes as I keep on struggling to find the truth, but to no avail.
After a proper rest, I start to awaken again. I don¡¯t feel as weak this time. I shouldn¡¯t rush again, like last time, I was too impulsive. I carefully open my eyes properly this time and try to observe my surroundings. It seems like I¡¯m in a giant room. I turn my head to look at the wall next to me. If I¡¯m not mistaken this whole room is made from granite. The thing that I find strange is this room¡¯s proportions. They seem way too large for any man, maybe the creator was trying to overcompensate?
It feels like I¡¯m on a bed, but it seems big enough for three people to sleep on comfortably. This mystery is only growing stranger. After observing the wall next to me, I slowly turn my head towards the other side of the giant room. While turning my head, something suddenly enters my vision. A small shout, from surprise, escapes my lips. My eyes are glued to the figure standing in the room¡¯s doorway, a couple of meters away from me. My eyes turn wide from shock and a single thought surface in my mind, ¡°How can a man be this large!?¡±.
(24) Introductions.
POV Dawkin Rosepeak:
Gentler dreams greet me during my deep slumber. A little less pain and agony, a little more relief and happiness. My body feels warm as if it''s wrapped in a heavenly cocoon, made from the softest fabric. It seems that I¡¯ve recovered a bit more, my body isn¡¯t aching as much. I feel so comfortable, I don¡¯t want to wake up¡ not yet. A long peaceful sleep can do wonders, maybe I can just sleep forever. No troubles¡ no pain.
Suddenly an image flashes in my mind, breaking my delusional trance. I mustn¡¯t sleep. A time for rest will arrive, but not today. My focus returns and I concentrate on my surroundings without opening my eyes. A cold shiver crawls down my spine, it feels like I¡¯m being watched. I quickly sit up, unable to shake this feeling.
I open my eyes, I¡¯m finally able to properly see. I¡¯m in the same room that I awoke in previously, the same giant bed and the same white walls. I turn my head to the other side of the room, and I suddenly jump back from shock. My suspicions weren¡¯t misplaced, I am being watched.
On the opposite side of the room, sitting on a large wooden chair, I spot the same person that I saw meditating in the forest. Now only a couple of meters away, I can properly distinguish his feature. My attention is drawn to his deep blue eyes, luring my soul into its depths and piercing through every piece of my body. I fall into a trance, but just before I completely lose myself, a deep voice brings me back to lucidity, ¡°Seems like you¡¯re awake, wonderful, you¡¯ve been asleep for the past couple of days and I was starting to get worried.¡±.
I stare at the person in front of me, a giant man, wait, is he even a man? ¡°You¡¯ve been cooped up in here for the past few days and it¡¯s unhealthy. Follow me and we¡¯ll get you some warm sunlight.¡± The old man continues in his baritone voice, seemingly oblivious of my baffled expression. Unabated by my expression, the old man stands up and in the same moment, my mouth hangs open slightly.
"A true giant", this is the only thought that comes to mind as I see the old man standing up. He''s easily several times larger and taller than my me. How did I not notice this previously!? What sort of place is this, the home of giants? ¡°Come.¡± the old man says in a calm voice, beckoning me to follow him. Still dazed by this realization, I follow the giant man without protest.
Having to double my usual pace, just to keep up with his long strides, we exit the room. Giant halls greet me, white walls made from granite and high ceilings clearly not built for people my size. I keep observing the giant corridors and when the giant man suddenly takes a sharp right, I almost miss a turn. I could get lost in this place.You might be reading a stolen copy. Visit Royal Road for the authentic version.
With a few more turns, we¡¯re outside and I¡¯m momentarily blinded by the sharp sunlight. Slowly my eyes readjust to the brightness and I find myself in a large courtyard of some sort. I look over and see the giant man make his way towards a set of oversized table and chairs. I approach and climb onto the opposite chair. It feels like I¡¯m climbing a tree.
I take my place on the chair and stare out, over the table. While sitting, my head is barely able to see over the table. I look over at the giant man, unsure of what to do next. ¡°I believe some introductions are in order.¡± The giant man starts, in what seems like an attempt to break the ice. ¡°My name is Zohn, I¡¯m the protector of this wonderful place.¡± The oversized man introduces himself.
What a strange name, wait¡ did he say, protector? I look over at his giant home and a sudden realization hits me. Just who is he? How long has he been here? Why is he so large? So many questions. I need to calm my mind, one step at a time, just like father taught me. ¡°And you are?¡± Zohn asks and I¡¯m suddenly brought back to reality.
I didn¡¯t respond when he introduced himself and only stared silently at him like an idiot, I should really focus. ¡°Ah, sorry about that. My name is Dawkin.¡± I say clumsily, still shocked by my current situation. ¡°What a strange name, but it doesn¡¯t matter,¡± Zohn remarks. ¡°I have a strange name, just look at yours!¡± I shout internally. Calm down, calm down, I need to focus.
¡°Now that the pleasantries are out of the way, let¡¯s get to the main topic. Why are you here?¡± Zohn suddenly asks out of the blue. ¡°What do you mean?¡± I ask, slightly caught off guard by his straightforward nature. ¡°Why would any being climb a mountain, over ten kilometres tall, risk his life and almost die in the process, not have a damn good reason for being here,¡± Zohn answers, looking slightly irritated by my dumb response. Well, he¡¯s got me there.
I take a deep breath and start, ¡°When I was a child, my people told stories and legends about this mountain. The mysteries that it holds and the power that it contains. The legends never stated what this power was, but I¡¯m in desperate need of it. That¡¯s the reason that I came to this mountain, to find this unrivalled power.¡±.
A complicated look surfaces on Zohn¡¯s large chiselled face, betraying his previously calm expression. ¡°I¡¯m sorry young man, but what you seek is not here. I permitted you to stay here because you were hurt and because you are my first visitor in many years, but as this wonderful place¡¯s protector, I have to ask you to leave¡± Zohn replies, suddenly turning unwelcome to my presence.
The sudden change in moods shocks me. Were all the legends fake? Was my journey pointless? I can¡¯t give up. I can¡¯t fail my people, besides, there¡¯s still one thing nagging at the back of my mind, ¡°Why would a place without some sort of power need a protector?¡±.
(25) Strength.
POV Narrator:
A complicated expression carves itself upon Dawkin¡¯s rugged face, an internal struggle clearly evident. Steadily Dawkin¡¯s face hardens and his expression transforms. Like a volcano that¡¯s ready to erupt, anger boils in Dawkin¡¯s chest. Through grinding teeth, depicting the utmost frustration, Dawkin speaks, ¡°Please, I beseech you to reconsider.¡±. Almost unable to keep his anger contained, Dawkin continues, ¡°I need this power¡ this strength. It¡¯s my only path left¡ my only hope left.¡±.
A staring match ignites between Zohn and Dawkin, like two mountains, unwilling to give in and collapse. A grave look solidifies on Dawkin¡¯s face, unwilling to back down. The tension rises and Zohn¡¯s expression starts to crack. A soft sigh drifts from Zohn¡¯s large mouth, clearly tired from this unneeded hostility. ¡°Follow me, we¡¯ll continue this discussion at the place that I found you,¡± Zohn states, beckoning Dawkin to follow. ¡°Maybe the nature there will provide me with some energy to continue this discussion,¡± Zohn says to himself in a tired voice. Clearly tired after a long day¡¯s hard work.
At the tree, where Zohn previously meditated, they both stop and turn to stare at each other. ¡°Let me ask you this Dawkin. What is power?¡± Zohn asks, breaking the staring contests and turning towards the centre of the mountain peak. A mysterious look of longing plasters itself on Zohn¡¯s face. ¡°Is it the power to destroy? The power to create? Maybe both?¡± Zohn continues, his expression continuously growing longer, with the passing of each second.
Shocked by the sudden question, Dawkin starts contemplating. ¡°Maybe he¡¯s testing me?¡±, Dawkin assumes. ¡°It¡¯s the power to triumph over your enemies.¡±, Dawkin finally answers after five minutes, trying to answer, to what he assumes is the desired response. Zohn doesn¡¯t respond, seemingly unsatisfied with the answer. ¡°Let me ask you more specifically. What type of power do you desire?¡± Zohn asks, his back still facing a baffled looking Dawkin.
Dawkin contemplates again, ¡°¡®What type power do I desire¡¯, Isn¡¯t obvious? I need to protect my village, my people!¡±. ¡°I need the power to protect!¡±, Dawkin states in a booming voice, shocking even himself with its strength. Zohn nods slightly, seemingly satisfied with Dawkin¡¯s answer. ¡°A noble cause, but is power that easy to obtain?¡±, Zohn states, turning to face Dawkin again.
¡°If you are looking for an invincible sword or some instant power, then I¡¯m sorry to disappoint.¡± Zohn continues, closely studying Dawkin¡¯s expression. Dawkin¡¯s hopeful expression turns dejected and Zohn shakes his head quietly. ¡°There is no shortcut to true power, you can trust me on that one,¡± Zohn concludes, turning towards the peak¡¯s centre as if he¡¯s waiting for something.Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on.
A hopeless bearing settles on Dawkin and his eyes turn desperate, ¡°I can¡¯t give up, not when I¡¯m so close. There must be a way, my village can¡¯t survive without it!¡±. ¡°I never said power didn¡¯t exist, only that it takes time¡ a lot of time and that I-¡±, Zohn tries to reassure Dawkin, only to get interrupted. ¡°I don¡¯t have time, I must return to my village in a years time. Else there¡¯ll be nothing left to return to¡± Dawkin interrupts, almost hysterical at this point.
¡°As I was saying, I can train you. You don¡¯t seem to harbour evil intention, as I¡¯d previously assumed, so I¡¯m extending you this courtesy, as my first visitor.¡± Zohn offers, taking pity on Dawkin¡¯s predicament. ¡°How can you train me to be stronger? I¡¯m already the best swordsman in my entire village, I need something more than what mere training can provide.¡± Dawkin chides Zohn¡¯s offer, almost completely hopeless at this point.
Zohn quietly turns his head towards Dawkin, his body still turned away, a mysterious smile creeps on Zohn¡¯s face. ¡°You¡¯re doubting my training?¡± Zohn asks, an incredulous look clearly evident on his face. Zohn turns and directly Dawkin, his large stature completely towering over Dawkin. With a hint of arrogance Zohn continues, ¡°You said that you¡¯re the best swordsman in your entire village, but that¡¯s nothing impressive. I have never even practised the sword before, but I¡¯d still beat you in a sword fight with one hand tied behind my back.¡±
As Dawkin was about to dispute Zohn¡¯s absurd claim. Zohn continues unperturbed, providing Dawkin with no opportunity to speak. ¡°What I¡¯m offering you isn¡¯t some ¡®mere training¡¯; I¡¯m offering you something much more valuable,¡± Zohn says, his voice as mysterious as ever. A confused look covers Dawkin¡¯s face. With a hand stroking his magnificent beard, Zohn continues, ¡°What I¡¯m offering you is true power, not some legend.¡±.
A hint of hope returns to Dawkin, only to be dashed instantly. ¡°But true power takes time,¡± Zohn concludes. ¡°There has to be an alternative?¡± Dawkin pleads, unwilling to give up. ¡°Since you lack time then I can only provide you with a hint of power. I don¡¯t know what youare fighting against, but this would be enough to leave you unopposed.¡± Zohn continues undisturbed Dawkin¡¯s plea.
Hope starts to return to Dawkin. An intense inferno of determination and conviction ignites in Dawkin''s heart. ¡°It won¡¯t be easy and I wouldn¡¯t have even suggested it if you hadn¡¯t been able to climb this mountain. That feat alone shows me that you barely qualify and might be able to obtain some power within a year¡¯s time. But that depends on you.¡± Zohn states in an expecting tone, waiting for Dawkin¡¯s answer.
¡°I¡¯m ready for anything, I can¡¯t fail my village!¡± Dawkin agrees with complete determination. ¡°Since I¡¯ll be training you, then there are two rules that you¡¯ll have to follow. Firstly, the peak¡¯s centre is forbidden and Secondly, you must follow my teachings faithfully. Follow these rules, then we¡¯ll get along just fine.¡± Zohn accepts Dawkin into his teachings.
Turning towards the horizon and seeing the setting sun, Zohn decides. ¡°I¡¯ll provide you with a room in my home. It¡¯s getting late and you¡¯re still weak, so I¡¯ll start preparing food. Come.¡± Zohn commands Dawkin, turning back towards his home. A bewildered Dawkin quickly follows Zohn¡¯s steady pace.
(26) Commitment.
Half a year passes in peace. The seasonchanges and the already cool nights become freezing. Nature decays and enters its yearly slumber. Brown leaves loiter on the ground, like wandering children far away from home.
POV Zohn
Half a year has passed since Dawkin has joined me on this mountain top. It feels like he just arrived yesterday. Half a year might feel like a long time to some, but it¡¯s irrelevant to me. How many years have I waited? A couple hundreds of years? Maybe longer? Who knows. I stopped counting after the first two hundred years.
It feels like Col will wake up at any moment. Occasionally I turn to stare at the peaks centre, waiting for his large granite eyes to open, but I know that he will not wake. Not yet at least. I can sense it in the air. A sort of hum of power, gradually growing stronger with the passing of each year. Col seems to be growing each year. Only his head is visible, but with the way that he¡¯s growing, I predict that his final size will be more than twice his original. I believe Col will exit his deep slumber in about a hundred years, maybe a little more.
Just thinking about the amount of time that I¡¯ve spent on this mountain top makes me shiver. I¡¯ve never even been close to the ground since we first climbed this lonely mountain. The best comparison that I can think of, to myself, after living on this mountain top for hundreds of years, is that of an old sagely hermit. Living on a mountain top and providing advice for pilgrims that climb this mountain.
Alas, no one has climbed this mountain, or even attempted to climb this mountain, except Dawkin. I also don¡¯t believe that I¡¯ll ever meet one of my own kind again, not after the calamity that changed this world. The absolute devastation and power that I witnessed, still leaves me in awe. Absolute power that I could never¡ I must stop thinking about such depressing subjects.
I can¡¯t help but wonder why I so readily and willingly joined Col on his journey or even made the vow. Was it the passion of youth that drove me to do something crazy without properly thinking it through? I wasn¡¯t young back then when I first met Col but compared to my age now, I was truly a child. I don¡¯t regret the decisions that I¡¯ve made that lead me to this point. If I had to provide a single word that perfectly encapsulates why I joined Col, then it would be loneliness.
I was an old man past my prime with no family, no heir and no disciples. Sure, I was famous, but my obsession over the spear isolated me from the world. I never tried to make a friend or find a wife, I only trained every single day. When my body began to fail me, I decided to retire. I was content with spending my last days by the spear''s side; I already decided to dedicate my life to that spear when I was young and I wouldn¡¯t go back on that decision.This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version.
I was a content old man, but ultimately, I was still lonely. Feeling my body wither away each day, with the coming of old age, made me feel even lonelier. When Col first rose from that beach and towered in the sky, I was scared, but I couldn¡¯t abandon the spear. It was an insane decision to ask if I could travel with him, but I was desperate. I didn¡¯t even know this strange being, but I still decided to follow him.
I first tried to treat him formally, but when he built me my new house, that I still use today, I began seeing him as something different. He wasn¡¯t some haughty noble creature that I first assumed, but a kind and caring being. As we spent time together, I noticed a similarity between us. The same look that we both carry, one on his giant granite face and another on my aged face. The same look of loneliness.
He seemed so isolate and alone, much like I was back then. As we talked I could feel that he genuinely cared about me. Pushed by the loneliness that I felt and the opportunity to finally have a true friend for the first time, I made the vow. It felt like some invisible force was pushing me to make the vow, but it was ultimately still my decision.
When he gave me the spear, I decided to follow him forever. My whole purpose in life was to acquire the spear and with it, I had no goals left. He spoke about his ambition and desires. Even if he was lonely, he still had a purpose. Since he completed my purpose, I decided on a new one. My purpose was to help him achieve his desires and dreams. It¡¯s only fair that I should help him when he has helped me.
I now know that he must earn the titles and I will help him to do this. When he went to sleep, I decided to improve my strength. I didn¡¯t want to be a burden, but an asset and to do this, I had to train harder than ever before. Time was on my side, so I started to rigorously train every day. When my body reached its peak, then I trained my mind. Observing the world around me and studying its mysteries.
After hundreds of years of observing nature, I obtained some insight into the inner workings of this world. Armed with this insight, I started meditating. Observing nature and the power that it naturally radiates. I began absorbing this invisible energy. Meditating days on end, growing my power ever so slightly with the passing of each year.
This power isn¡¯t something that mortal being should even be aware of. It took me hundreds of years to discover it and even more to start cultivating it. Anyone else would long have died of old age. This power has provided me with a chance, the chance to finally be able to help Col achieve his dream.
(27) To Return.
POV Dawkin:
I exit my meditation trance, slowly opening my weary eyes. How long have I been here? It feels like it was just yesterday that I stumbled onto this mountain peak half dead. I was so weak back then. Struggling to live each day, fighting for my life. It all seems so inconsequential now that look back again. I¡¯ve become stronger, but is this amount of power enough? Every time that I look at Zohn and the amazing feats that he can accomplish, I feel like a small ant.
My one year of training is coming to a close and it¡¯s almost time for me to finally return home. With the winter¡¯s snow starting to melt and day¡¯s heat increasing, it¡¯s almost that time of the year again. That dreaded time that every single person in my village, since young, has learned to fear. But this year will be different, I¡¯ll make sure of that.
When I was a child and I heard about the legends of this place, I imagined something completely different than what I found. Still, this place is truly strange. Even in the deepest part of the freezing winters when snowfall is at its heaviest, this mountain peak remains untouched. The ice-cold snow would pile up over two meters on the surrounding mountainside, but not a single snowflake would ever touch my head when I¡¯m here.
This place contains many mysteries. Like how mountain peak, that should be barren, harbours a sprawling forest. Or, how the harsh elements seem to be avoiding this place. I¡¯ve explored most of the mountain, since my stay here, but there¡¯s still one place where I¡¯ve never visited. I still respect Zohn¡¯s rules, thus I¡¯ve never been able to explore the mountain peak¡¯s centre.
On one particularly windy day, when the cold winds battered the mountain peak, the dense cover of foliage and trees, that covers the peak¡¯s centre, blew open. This allowed me a glimpse at what the peak¡¯s centre contained. Back then, I was confused by what I saw, who wouldn¡¯t be? What I saw was a giant granite statue of a person¡¯s head. Now I¡¯ve got no idea why that¡¯s there, maybe it¡¯s Zohn¡¯s personal project that he works on in his off time? It wasn¡¯t anything too weird so I decided it¡¯s better to never mention to Zohn that I saw anything.
After a long day¡¯s hard work, it''s always fun to look back at how far you¡¯ve come. I look over at the descending sun off in the distance and a long sigh escapes from my mouth. Looks like it¡¯s time to head back again before darkness consumes my precious daylight hours and I¡¯m left blind to wander this precarious mountaintop. I should really install some sort of lighting system here, but with Zohn forbidding any forms of fire, even just for light outside of his home, I fear that it will never become a reality. I won¡¯t burn down the forest I promise.
The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.
I slowly stand up, stretching my stiff body. Meditating for hours on end really isn¡¯t as glorious as it sounds. The sweet smell of nature always brings a smile to my face, even in these dark times filled with endless strife. I carefully make my way home, darting between the trees and the thick undergrowth that completely covers the mountain peak. In less than a minute, I arrive in front of Zohn¡¯s home. The high granite walls and endlessly flowing moat never ceases to amaze me.
Walking to the courtyard, at the centre of Zohn¡¯s home, I find Zohn relaxing on his giant chair and carelessly sipping on some tea. Today must be a special occasion. Zohn rarely drinks tea just for enjoyment. ¡°You¡¯ve trained hard this past year Dawkin,¡± Zohn states in his deep voice. ¡°I¡¯ve followed your teaching every day, how could I ever dare to slack?¡± I respond, prompting a small laugh from Zohn.
¡°You¡¯ve come far this past year, but you''re still at the first step towards the road to greatness,¡± Zohn speaks, ending in a small sigh. ¡°I know that your time here has come to an end and it pains me to see you go before you¡¯re ready. You¡¯re at least two times stronger than your previous self, but it¡¯s insignificant compared what you could potentially achieve.¡± Zohn continues and I could sense a small hint of pain in his voice.
¡°When you first arrived here, a full year ago, you told tales about the threats that plague your village. I know that you¡¯ve trained hard this past year to be able to protect your village, but I want to provide you with an alternative.¡± As Zohn continues, my eyes widen in surprise.
¡°This past year you¡¯ve grown on me and I would hate to see you fight needlessly against the untold horrors that infest this world, so I¡¯m going to extend you a courtesy. When you return home, to your village, tell your people tales of this place. If you bring them here, to the area surrounding the mountain, then I¡¯ll protect them. I won¡¯t protect them against a stray wolf or bear, like some personal guard, but I could protect them against the very worst monsters that roam this world. Monsters that you can¡¯t even dream of ever facing.¡± Zohn concludes and I¡¯m blown away by his generosity.
I¡¯ve been living here for a year and my safety has never been threatened, so I can trust in Zohn¡¯s protection. I¡¯ve only seen a little bit of Zohn¡¯s strength this past year and I can¡¯t imagine anything that would be able to beat him. He¡¯s taken the initiative to offer his help and turning him down would be stupid. ¡°I¡¯m humbled by your offer and I¡¯m in no position to refuse it. When I return home, I¡¯ll convince my people to come here, just keep a lookout over the horizon for my return¡± I finish, incomparably grateful for being able to know Zohn this past year.
(28) Departure.
POV Narrator:
A new day dawns on the lonely mountain peak situated high in the sky. Soft winds rustle through the sea of leaves that envelops the mountain peak, forming a magnificent canopy of sounds. Two figures, one towering over the other, can be seen weaving through the trees, making their way towards the peak¡¯s edge. Dawkin looks incredibly excited, but also a bit downcast in his expression.
¡°I¡¯m really going to miss this place¡¡± Dawkin states in a soft sigh as he lifts his head up to gaze into Zohn¡¯s eyes. ¡°Our time together may havebeen short, but we¡¯ll reunite again when you return.¡± Zohn quickly follows in his booming voice, his magnificent beard swaying as he talks. ¡°The journey towards your village won¡¯t be nearly as harsh as your journey here, so enjoy your well-deserved journey home¡± Zohn continues, secretly trying to motivate Dawkin in his, soon to be, not so perilous descent of this towering mountain.
A mixed expression can be seen on Dawkin¡¯s face, but Zohn decided to ignore it. ¡°Before you go, I¡¯ve prepared a small present for your journey home, wait here and I¡¯ll go get it,¡± Zohn states mysteriously as he quickly turns around and heads back towards his home. ¡°I wonder what he¡¯s prepared for me?¡± Dawkin quietly contemplates, unable to guess what Zohn could possibly have prepared for him. In his past year here Zohn has never given him a gift before.
In less than a minute, Zohn¡¯s large five-meter-tall towering body can be seen exiting the trees. The sun reflecting off of Zohn¡¯s white hair and beard forms a divine sight. One of Zohn¡¯s hand is behind his back, clearly concealing something. ¡°What¡¯s he hiding behind his back.¡± Dawkin wonders, his curiosity only increasing with the passing of each minute. ¡°When you first arrived on this mountaintop, half-dead, you had almost nothing on you. Since you need to fend for yourself out there, I thought that maybe this will help.¡± Zohn explains, revealing what he hid behind his back.
In Zohn¡¯s large hands, an elegant pure white sword could be seen, gleaming off the sunlight from its lustrous body. ¡°You told me that you¡¯re the best swordsman in your village and it¡¯s only appropriate that you have a sword to accompany you home.¡± Zohn carefully explains while bestowing the sword on a shocked Dawkin. ¡°This is the most exquisite sword that I¡¯ve ever seen¡± Dawkin blurts out in bated breaths, his eyes wide in shock.
¡°Did you make this!?¡± Dawkin asks in an excited voice, unable to hide his curiosity. ¡°Yes, I¡¯ve spent the past year refining this sword,¡± Zohn answers, proud of his handiwork. ¡°Do you mind if I test it out here?¡± Dawkin quickly asks, practically trembling with excitement. ¡°Sure, go ahead.¡± Zohn agrees, anticipating Dawkin¡¯s reaction. With a few careful swings, Dawkin measures the swords exceptional balance. Taking a stance, Dawkin quickly strikes, cutting meter-wide trees cleanly in half.This story originates from Royal Road. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there.
¡°What is this sword made of!? I¡¯ve never seen a sword so lightweight and incredibly resilient before.¡± Dawkin asks, genuinely impressed by the sword that Zohn has bestowed upon him. ¡°The sword is made from a very special metal. This metal, as I call it, is mithril and it can only be found here in very small quantities. I¡¯ve spent most of my supply just to make that one sword¡± Zohn answers with a proud smile plastered on his large face.
Dawkin¡¯s gratitude towards Zohn only deepens. ¡°I thank you from the bottom of my heart for bestowing this sword to me¡± Dawkin states genuinely, triggering a small confirming nod from Zohn. ¡°Take this sword with you and return to your people¡± Zohn states, urging Dawkin to start his descent. ¡°I won¡¯t forget your kindness Zohn, I¡¯ll be sure to bring my people back to this mountain,¡± Dawkin says with a determined face, his resolution already set in stone.
Meter by meter, Dawkin starts his descent of the lonely mountain, finding the route much more bearable than before. With his newly acquired sword, sheathed and strapped to his back, Dawkin finally leaves the lonely mountain. After a full year, he¡¯s truly a changed man and it¡¯s most likely for the better.
POV Zohn:
I¡¯m going to miss that small man, he made this dull mountain peak much more bearable. I guess it¡¯s back to waiting and training again; it feels like that¡¯s the only thing I¡¯m capable of after so many years here. Sometimes I feel isolated from the outside world, but I know that I¡¯m not here without reason. Sure, my only companion is a giant unmoving elemental, currently stuck inside a dormant volcano, but it could be worse¡ right? I never thought life would be like this when I was young.
Still, having some company around the base of this lonely mountain would help alleviate some of my boredom. I hope Dawkin can save his people and guide them towards my protection. A small part of me wishes that I can go with him to help, but that is not my journey. My place is here, with my eternal companion.
I don¡¯t believe that Dawkin would be in too much danger. I gave him the best sword that I¡¯ve ever made, it might be a bit overkill, but I find it necessary. Dawkin also has my training, so a lot of the common danger of this world won¡¯t faze him. But those aren¡¯t the dangers that I¡¯m worried about. I¡¯ve seen the monstrosities that roam this world; Giant flying creatures whose roars echo throughout the dark night sky and they are only some of the dangers that can threaten Dawkin¡¯s life.
I¡¯ll keep a watchful eye on the horizon. I¡¯ll wait for Dawkin¡¯s eventual return. It might take a few months for him to come back, but I¡¯ve got all the time in the word. Literally. Besides, Col still has about a hundred years before he wakes up and I might as well do some good in the meantime. I¡¯m sure he would have done the same.
(29) Throw.
POV Zohn:
The day has just started and it¡¯s not meant to be wasted. I turn my back towards the cliff and I cast my gaze upon the beautiful mountaintop. It feels almost like paradise. Walking through the wondrous trees and dense foliage always brings, my old heart, a small bit of pride.
At the start, cultivating this mountaintop was incredibly difficult. The harsh winds and frigid temperatures turned the soil barren and inhospitable. It was only through Col¡¯s indirect help that any of this is even possible. The constant heat that emanates from this suppressed volcano was enough to fend off the cold mountaintop climate, but the true help came from the water that Col consistently exudes.
With this water and a monumental amount of effort on my part, I managed to cultivate plants and trees. As I walk, the soft sound of tree leaves rustling in the wind, confirms that my labour wasn¡¯t in vain. Another purpose of the trees, besides their beauty, is to conceal Col¡¯s face from observation.
As far as I know, Dawkin never saw Col. Also, I never really explained my true purpose for staying on this mountaintop. Dawkin never really asked my reason for being here. Maybe he was content with the little that I revealed to him, or maybe he thought it wasn¡¯t his place to ask. Either way, it doesn¡¯t matter. I only worry about protecting Col until he awakens.
I lengthen my strides and finally come to a stop in front of Col¡¯s giant, vine-covered, head. My eyes linger on Col¡¯s soft sleeping expression. Can a granite face even be described as soft? Ha-ha, I can¡¯t help but laugh. Still, I think it suits him. You don¡¯t have to worry my old friend; my resolve is as firm as ever. We¡¯re companions, now and forever. You¡¯re in safe hands.
I turn around. A deep breath of cool air fills my lungs as I inhale. I bottle up all my emotions, of doubt and uncertainty, then I let out a deep breath. Slowly I regain my inner peace. ¡°The area surrounding our peaceful mountain might become a bit chaotic in the next couple of months, I hope you don¡¯t mind,¡± I say, with my head turned to look at Col¡¯s sleeping face. I know he can¡¯t hear me, but it¡¯s the thought that counts. A bit of action might be nice for a change.
The months pass by and the season changes. It¡¯s already been four months since Dawkin departed and I haven¡¯t seen any sign of him or his people. I hope he¡¯s alright. Even if some sort of tragedy struck him in his journey home, there¡¯s little that I can do. I have this inexplicable feeling that he¡¯s coming closer to the mountain, but it¡¯s accompanied by an ever-present sense of foreboding.This story has been taken without authorization. Report any sightings.
The sun¡¯s almost completing its descent and I''m growing increasingly restless. I should call it quits for today, it seems that he won¡¯t arrive today. I stand up and make my way home. The sense of foreboding increases with the passing of each hour. I¡¯ll go and sleep early today, maybe it¡¯ll calm my nerves.
I wake up early in the morning, the sun is still enjoying its sleep. I head into my storage room and I retrieve my old training spears. I haven¡¯t used them in years, so a bit of caretaking is needed to avoid potential degradation. I¡¯m waiting every day, so I might as well be productive. I bundle up the twenty-odd spears under my arm and I head outside.
Wandering my way through the dense foliage, I arrive at my usual spot. I¡¯m just in time for the sunrise. The sight of day¡¯s first sun rays streaking across the landscape below never ceases to leave me breathless. Finding a place to sit, I look down at the pile of spears next to me and I casually grab one. These spears are only made from iron and their sizes are a bit small, but their quality is impeccable. With my goal set, I slowly start the meticulous restoring process.
Halfway through the pile, a loud sound interrupts my work. A loud roar echoes over the landscape. Near the edge of my vision, I spot a large flying creature soaring through the sky.
Why is there a flying creature out in the daytime? They usually only hunt at night. Finding this peculiar, I try to take a closer look. Squinting my eyes, I barely make out a group of people fleeing from the flying creature. They seem to be making a straight line towards this mountain. Maybe it¡¯s Dawkin¡¯s people? Even if it isn¡¯t I won¡¯t just stand idly by and watch this happen.
The only problem is, how can I help? I can¡¯t leave Col undefended and alone. I look down towards the spears next to me and an interesting idea starts to form in my mind. Maybe I can use these spears as javelins? I¡¯ve practised throwing the spears before, but not at this distance. The problem is, the last time I practised spear throwing was five hundred years ago.
I must try something at least. Indiscriminately picking up a spear, I align my shot and I throw the spear. Soaring through the sky, the spear launches directly towards the flying creature, but the spear falls short at just over half of the needed distance. It looks like I¡¯m going to need to use all my strength for this to work.
I take off my shirt, exposing my chest to the cool mountain air. I grab another spear. Focusing my strength into my right arm, my biceps flex with power. My white hair may make me look old, but my body is way stronger than it was nine hundred years ago. With my target in sight, I throw the spear with all my might. The spear travels, through the air, almost faster than my eye can follow. Leaving a small explosion of air in its wake.
(30) Impact.
POV Dawkin:
It¡¯s been three months since we¡¯ve departed from our home village. It only took me one month to reach my village, I have my training to thank for that, but the journey to back towards the mountain was much more arduous. My people aren¡¯t as strong or nimble as me and travelling in a large group is always slower. Still, we had made significant progress.
Back then, when I first arrived back at my village, I received a warm welcome. I was away for over a year and they had assumed I died a cruel death. My arrival was a pleasant surprise for many. Most had already given up. As I looked around the dark cloud that hung over everyone¡¯s head, only seemed gloomier. My arrival and the subsequent news that I brought, was like a beacon shining through this darkness, that was their cruel reality.
I told them tales of the lonely mountain. A mountain that everyone assumed was just a legend, meant as children stories. I told them of the safety that this mountain could bring. That a guardian would watch over them and keep them safe. They seemed cynical about such a wonderful place, calling it a fool¡¯s paradise. I didn¡¯t blame them for not believing me then.
To convince them, I displayed some of my enhanced abilities. I told them, the guardian that could protect them is innumerable times stronger than myself. This convinced most. They had no other options or alternatives left. The impending danger that threatened them, was only growing stronger, as each day passed. The slight possibility of safety wasn¡¯t one that they could easily pass up.
With the decision made, it took three days for everyone to prepare. After these three days, everything was packed up and everyone was ready to depart. The journey towards the mountain was harsh. Travelling every day without rest. Cold nights and vicious beasts. Back then, we were lucky that nothing too dangerous attacked us. I handled any wild beast that tried to threaten our group.
Now, I can¡¯t help but stare with my mouth agape. We are so close, but it seems my efforts are in vain. The lonely mountain stretching out into the sky seems so close. We only needed one more day. Just one more day. The gods must be cruel. Circling above our heads, a giant wyvern is eyeing my people like prey. My village only has one thousand people left. We can¡¯t afford to lose any more.
Some people try to shoot arrows at the wyvern, they bounce off harmlessly. What can I do!? If the wyvern was on land, then I could at least try to fight it, but not in the air. Could I try jumping? That idea is a little extreme. I¡¯m not that powerful¡ yet. Is this how my people will die? As mere food for a powerful beast. I can¡¯t accept that. I must do something. We are too far away from the mountain. I can¡¯t rely on Zohn. If only we were closer.The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.
I turn my head towards the wyvern. The wyvern¡¯s ferocious growls pierce the sky. Even though I¡¯m not strong enough, I should still do something. I¡¯d rather die fighting than watch my people die, one for one as food. I turn my head back towards my people. Fear is festering in their eyes. Some people¡¯s eyes seem empty, maybe they¡¯ve already accepted their death. It doesn¡¯t matter, I won¡¯t let any of them die. Not while I¡¯m still alive.
I crouch down and concentrate. Absorbing the energy of the world around me. I start forcing it into my legs, empowering them. I feel pressure building up, like an arrow ready to be fired. I lock my eyes onto the wyvern. I have only got this one-shot if I fail¡ I can¡¯t think about that right now. I keep forcing power into my legs. The power within is reaching an almost unbearable level.
My eyes focus and the world around me seems to slow down. Each second feels like hours. I can only see the wyvern, everything else is blocked out. I ignore the childrens¡¯ crying faces and their cries of despair. I have only got this one shot. Slowly, the wyvern starts it¡¯s decent. I¡¯ve been waiting for this. This is my only opportunity to strike. If I fail, then no one else stands a chance at facing this beast.
The wyvern approaches closer and closer. I prepare to jump. Then, I hear something. It starts as a low whistle, like a person humming a peaceful tune. Then, suddenly, the sound changes. The peaceful whistle becomes a loud roar of a monstrous beast charging through the air. I break my stare on the wyvern, just for a second. My eyes widen in shock.
Flying through the air, like a harbinger of death, an object approaches. Its speed is far surpassing my wildest dreams. It¡¯s flying too fast for me to identify it. What is that? Why is it coming towards us? If it is another calamity, like the wyvern, then my people are truly done for. Before I can react, it strikes the wyvern. Knocking the mighty beast out of the air.
A cloud of dust envelopes the beast as it impacts the ground. It lands a hundred meters away from my people. Just what was that? I carefully approach, my new sword in hand. Slowly the dust settles. I can¡¯t believe the sight before my eyes. A giant wyvern. A king of the sky is lying on the ground dead. A large metal pole is impaled through its heart.
There is only one person who could possibly wield such a large weapon. My eyes drift towards the lonely mountain on the horizon. A warm smile surfaces on my face. I¡¯m sorry I ever doubted you, Zohn. A small apology surfaces in my heart. You really came through for me, in the end. Even if I didn¡¯t believe it was even physically possible.
(31) Calm.
POV Dawkin:
Uhg, I groan. My back isn¡¯t as strong as it once was. Just standing up from my old throne requires effort. Oh, how I miss my younger days. I was so full of energy back then, ready to challenge the world. Nothing could stop me. With slightly unstable steps, I slowly make my way towards the throne-room balcony.
¡°Dear, you should be resting.¡± I hear my lovely wife¡¯s old voice reproach me. ¡°I just want to take another look. It never fails to bring peace to my tired eyes¡± I chide back in a calm voice. ¡°It was today, seventy years ago, when I brought you all here.¡± I continue, my wife following steadily behind me.
¡°That was long ago. We aren¡¯t the same young people we once were. Safety, security and happiness, those were distant thoughts that we once believed were unattainable. Now, we¡¯ve made it a reality. Why do you still seem so worried?¡± My wife¡¯s voice drifts behind me as I reach the balcony overlooking our city.
I gently grasp the balcony¡¯s railing, my eyes drift through the hundreds of buildings lining the streets. A gorgeous city resting peacefully in the shadow of a lonely mountain. This city was built with the blood, sweat and tears of my people. It¡¯s our bastion and I¡¯m willing to defend it to my last breath. My body may be old and weak, but my determination and desire to protect my people burn brighter than ever. My old determination festers in my heart.
¡°We are old people of a past time. It¡¯s about time for the next generation to take power in our stead. You are already ninety-one. Don¡¯t you think it¡¯s about time we abdicate the throne and take our well-deserved rest?¡± My wife¡¯s warm voice rests in my ear as she gently places her hand on my shoulder. She only cares about my wellbeing and, the impact that the strain of leadership has on my health worries her.
¡°Maybe you are right.¡± I agree in a tired voice. ¡°The problem is, I just can¡¯t rest my heart. I feel unsettling unease in the air. I can¡¯t be sure, I¡¯m just speculating. The strange power that we wield; the power that I taught our people to wield. The power that allowed us to reign unopposed.¡± I say to my wife, trying to find some comfort to my worries.
¡°This strength, it goes against the Gods themselves. I hope it¡¯s just some old age paranoia talking here, but until I find an answer I can¡¯t rest my heart.¡± I say as I look up at the sky, the sunlight gently caressing my old wrinkled face. The feeling of unrest still won¡¯t go away. Even with the inhuman strength that I¡¯ve accumulated through the years, I still feel helpless.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere.
If my suspicions are correct, and every fibre of my being hopes they aren¡¯t, then I don¡¯t believe that even Zohn, with all his might, will be able to save us. ¡°Come, dear, you need to rest. Even if the Gods are against us, I still believe you¡¯ll find a way and if you don¡¯t, then we¡¯ll face them together.¡± My wife comforts me, as a small smile surfaces on my tired face.
She never fails to make me smile. I turn around and face her. A warm smile is ever-present on her beautiful face. Not even old age can suppress her kind beauty. ¡°You¡¯re right, maybe it¡¯s really time we take our well-deserved rest,¡± I say in a calm voice, as I take my wife¡¯s soft hand and guide her back towards the throne room.
POV Zohn:
Wild excitement is present in my eyes. I can feel it. This past year, the power that Col radiates, has reached an unprecedented height. I¡¯ve waited a thousand years for what¡¯s about to come; I feel as jittery as a small child. Col can wake up at any moment.
I¡¯ve prepared every day for Col¡¯s eventual awakening. I¡¯ve grown stronger these past thousand years. Stronger to the point that I don¡¯t have anything to compare myself with, Col excluded. I just hope that it¡¯s enough. Maybe, I¡¯m still too weak to help Col in his journey? Maybe, this was all just a fool¡¯s errand?
I should really stop doubting myself. I¡¯m already over a thousand years old, I should act my age. Still, my insecurity won¡¯t go away just like that. I take a deep breath, trying to calm my mind. Doubting myself now is pointless, only time will tell if my efforts were in vain. The only thing that I can do right now is to wait.
Still, I feel restless. It feels like I can¡¯t wait anymore for Col to wake up. I should just distract myself until he wakes up. It can¡¯t be long anymore, I can feel it.
I look over at the city next to the mountain. Those people have come a long way. It feels like just yesterday that they ran towards this mountain, a group of people lost and without hope. I just blink my eyes and they¡¯ve already come such a long way. Seventy years is a short amount of time. My eyes focus on the palace in the centre of the city.
I spot Dawkin walking into the throne room from the balcony. I feel like my eyesight is too strong sometimes. It always saddens my mood when I look at Dawkin. The wrinkles on his face, the tell-tale signs of the ravages of time. I¡¯ve become too disconnected from the world around me.
As I look over at the city, the smile fades from my face. I feel something in the air, something powerful¡ too powerful. My body is locked in place, a feeling of dread washes over me. I slowly tilt my head up to the sky and my eyes widen in shock.
(32) Hopeless.
POV Narrator:
Everywhere around the city, the temperature dramatically starts to rise. The bright midday sun turns scorching. A loud explosion resounds throughout the city and the calm atmosphere breaks. People on the streets look up in unison and collectively gasp for air. The light outside blinds the innocent onlookers, in the streets, and cries of panic fill the sky.
Dawkin, while resting on his throne, sits up abruptly. He can feel it, the unprecedented danger that¡¯s approaching the city. Without caring about etiquette, he attempts to run towards the balcony, his body aching with every step. Suddenly, Dawkin collapses. His body is unable to take the sudden strain.
Without pausing, seemingly unaffected, Dawkin starts crawling. Clawing at the hard throne room floor. A grim expression lines his wrinkled old face. His determination stops any thoughts of submission. He¡¯s willing to face any danger for his people, no matter how futile his attempt may be. While he¡¯s still breathing, he¡¯s willing to do everything in his power for his people.
Dawkin¡¯s vision starts wavering and a sudden feeling of weakness invades his body. Cold sweat drenches his back. ¡°I can¡¯t stop now¡ Not yet.¡± He pleads in a weak voice. He crawls another meter, his vision darkening. ¡°Not yet!¡± His weak voice yells in frustration. ¡°Not yet¡¡± Weakness envelops his entire body, his eyes unable to stay open. Hopelessness fills his mind as his vision darkens completely.
On the brink of despair, a gentle hand rests on Dawkin''s body. ¡°Come, dear, now is not the time to sleep¡± a warm voice floods his hopeless thoughts. ¡°The people need you. So, stand up. If you¡¯re unable, then I¡¯ll stand with you.¡± The warm voice drifts through Dawkin¡¯s every fibre. The last bit of strength empowers his muscles.
Dawkin starts to lift himself up, his body screaming in pain. ¡°I refuse to give up!¡± he shouts as he forces himself upright. His whole body is unstable, the slightest breeze can tip him over.He tries to move, but before he falls again, another person starts to support him. ¡°Come dear, the people need you.¡± The comforting voice speaks again.
Dawkin regains some of his vision and weakly turns his head. Next to him, supporting his body, his charming wife stands. ¡°You¡¯re right, now is not the time for weakness,¡± He responds in a tired voice, struggling to remain conscious. Arm in arm, shoulder to shoulder, they advance. Each step grows increasingly difficult, but his wife supports him regardless.
They finally reach the balcony. Dawkin lifts his head up and his eyes widen. Up in the sky, a giant ball of fire is quickly approaching the lonely mountain. Looking almost like a second sun, the giant ball of fire seems unstoppable. ¡°This power isn¡¯t something that we can oppose. Our only hope rests with Zohn, and I don¡¯t know if he¡¯s powerful enough.¡± Dawkin speaks weakly, his expression growing increasingly grimmer with each word.Did you know this story is from Royal Road? Read the official version for free and support the author.
Dawkin lowers his gaze, turning his head towards his wife. His eyes rest on his wife¡¯s kind face. Hopelessness roots itself in his heart ¡°May the gods have mercy upon our souls.¡±.
On the mountain peak, Zohn¡¯s expression turns ugly. ¡°Why now? What did I do to provoke this calamity?¡± Zohn asks hopelessly. He knows that complaining is futile, especially in the face of such unquestionable power. Anger festers itself in his heart. ¡°Don¡¯t think that I¡¯m just going to stand here without doing anything,¡± Zohn shouts in frustration.
He starts running towards his house. He runs straight through the forest, knocking down anything in his path. His muscles bulge, unwilling to slow down. A path of carnage is left in his wake, fallen trees and large holes, produced by Zohn¡¯s footsteps, littler the ground.
Finally, reaching his home, Zohn quickly makes his way through the winding hallways, towards his storage room. Past the shelves and stacked crates, at the very back of the storage room, an inconspicuous door hides. Without hesitating, he opens the door. Abruptly, Zohn stops. ¡°How many years has it been since I last dared to use you?" He asks.
In the centre of the room, impaled into the hard granite rock, a golden spear rests. An aura of majesty emanates from it¡¯s very being. Quickly dismissing those unneeded thoughts, Zohn grips the spear, effortlessly pulling it from the hard granite floor. Without stopping, he rushes outside.
Zohn looks up, his gaze locking onto the blinding ball of fire. A flare of challenge flashes through his eyes and a determined expression settles on his face. His thoughts flashback. ¡°Don¡¯t worry old friend, I don¡¯t plan on breaking my promise,¡± Zohn states and a small bit of confidence returns to him.
Zohn releases a deep breath, calming his mind. He tightens his grip around the spear and starts to move. He quickly takes a practised stance. Zohn starts channelling the energy around him, directing it through his body, towards the spear. Quickly, an invisible power starts to concentrate around the golden spear. Like a shining star, pressure builds.
The air around Zohn grows restless, his white beard and clothes flutter in the wind. His focus on the approaching ball of fire increases, his mind blocks out everything else. ¡°One chance, I need to make it count.¡± Zohn strengthens his resolve, his entire body flexing with power.
The ground underneath him starts to quake, but he ignores it. His mind is unwavering in its purpose. The power around the spear continues to build, nearing an unprecedented peak. The rumbles increase and Zohn prepares to launch the spear. ¡°I can¡¯t fail,¡± He mutters subconsciously.
The power around the spear becomes unbearable and he knows it¡¯s time. He moves his arm. Suddenly, a deep voice fills the entire sky, ¡°Rest Zohn, you¡¯ve protected me long enough. Allow me to repay some of that kindness.¡±. Immediately, Zohn breaks out of his trance and the power around the spear dissipates. He turns his head towards the centre of the mountain and a small fire lights in Zohn''s dimmed eyes.
(33) Intervention.
POV Narrator:
Terrified eyes line the city streets. On top of the lonely mountain, the people¡¯s last hope resides. They¡¯ve all heard the legends since young. The legends of a giant man capable of felling even the mightiest beasts. A man that has silently protected them all their lives. Now, only uncertainty remains in their fragile hearts.
They¡¯ve never seen him personally. The king has only told tales about him. The uncertainty only grows stronger in their hearts. Does he really exist? If he does, is he strong enough to stop this calamity? Their bodies are upright, paralyzed with fear. As the giant ball of fire draws closer, their minuscule amount of hope only grows dimmer.
On the balcony leading out of the throne room, Dawkin and his wife stands. Steadily, she supports Dawkin. ¡°Is Zohn strong enough to save us? I¡¯ve only heard about him through your wonderful tales, but from what you describe, I fail to believe that there¡¯s any being stronger than him. The immense power that he wields would surely be enough, right?¡± Dawkin¡¯s wife asks, her tone turning increasingly desperate with each consecutive word.
Dawkin turns his head towards the mountain peak, his eyes start shining with hope. He can feel it, the power that Zohn is gathering. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Zohn is preparing to attack the ball of fire, I can feel his power in the air,¡± Dawkin reassures his wife. ¡°This shows that he has some confidence in stopping the calamity. So, we only need to¡¡± Dawkin, while reassuring his wife, starts trailing off.
The unprecedented power that he just felt from Zohn has vanished completely. The ball of fire is still approaching, seemingly unaffected. ¡°Has Zohn¡¯s attack failed? Has he given up?¡± Dawkin contemplates desperately, his thought turning grimmer with each second. He quickly turns towards his wife¡¯s hopeful face, uncertain on what he should tell her.
Suddenly, a loud voice resounds throughout the sky. This sound completely breaks Dawkin¡¯s train of thought. Confusion fills his mind. Dawkin quickly turns and looks towards the mountain. Suddenly, an explosive sound radiates from the lonely mountain and Dawkin¡¯s eyes widen. Clearly visible to the naked eye, a giant web of cracks begins to spread throughout the upper half of the lonely mountain.
¡°Not even the mountain can resist this calamity. Is this truly the day that my people die?¡± In a low voice, Dawkin mutters subconsciously. An invincible mountain, an entity piercing through the sky, start crumbling before his shocked eyes.Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.
Dust fills the sky, obscuring everyone¡¯s vision of the mountain. Piece by piece, the lonely mountain, standing over ten kilometres tall, starts breaking apart. Pieces of stone start littering the flat landscape surrounding the lonely mountain, some are large enough to be classified as small hills. Luckily, the city is distant enough to avoid any serious damage.
With every piece that impacts, the ground shakes and trembles. To the people in the city, doomsday has arrived. They can only stare lifelessly, knowing that their only hope has failed. Some, close their eyes, waiting for the inevitable. Others hug their loved ones. Upon the palace balcony, Dawkin hugs his wife, a tear dripping from his wrinkled old face.
One second turns into ten. The sounds of rocks impacting the ground grows sparser. Ten seconds turns into thirty. The sounds of the impacts stop. Thirty seconds turns into a minute. Dawkin stares into his wife¡¯s teary eyes, unwilling to part from her gaze. A loud explosive force shakes the city, knocking people over. Dawkin sucks in a deep breath, knowing what¡¯s to come, but his eye¡¯s do not wander. For Dawkin, time seems to stop.
A deathly silence grips the city. A minute turns into two. Each passing second, more excruciating than the last. Yet, the city still stands. Confusion fills Dawkin¡¯s mind. ¡°Why haven¡¯t we perished?¡± he asks himself. Still, his gaze does not wander. The silence breaks as shocked cries fill the streets. In unison, he and his wife turns and looks towards the source of the cries.
In the streets, with shocked eyes, the people stare and point towards the half-crumbled mountain. Quickly, Dawkin turns his gaze towards the mountain and his eyes immediately widen. His usually composed wife lets out a deep gasp. Bewilderment fills every piece of Dawkin¡¯s body.
In the distance, standing on a half-crumbled mountain, a giant humanoid figure looms. The dust still obscures any specific details. Slowly, the dust starts to settle, and the figure becomes increasingly visible. ¡°What is that thing!?¡± Dawkin exclaims in shock. ¡°Have you seen anything like it before? Maybe in your travels?¡± His wife asks, equally confused.
¡°If my old eyes aren¡¯t failing me, then this person is giant,¡± Dawkin speaks. ¡°Like Zohn?¡± His wife asks quickly, the sudden turn of events clouding her mind. ¡°Larger¡ Much larger.¡± Dawkin responds in a low voice. ¡°How much larger?¡± His wife asks again, still dazed. ¡°Zohn was about three times my size, approximately five meters tall. This person is much taller.¡± Dawkin responds, his gaze still fixed on the figure¡¯s outline.
¡°If I go by my rough estimate, this person is at least a couple hundred meters tall¡ at a minimum.¡± Dawkin continues, his tone turning increasingly serious. ¡°Has it always been there?¡± His wife asks, afraid of the answer. ¡°I don¡¯t know. I can¡¯t help but feel like we¡¯re only spectators to a bigger conspiracy.¡± Dawkin answers, still shocked and confused by these series of events.
¡°All that I know is, that person saved us. Furthermore, I have a strong feeling that he holds the answers to our questions.¡± Dawkin continues, his eyes still trying to pierce through to cloud of dust surrounding the giant figure.
(34) Enemy.
POV Colossus:
What a peaceful slumber, so comfortable. I still envy those tiny elementals, nobody probably forced them wake after just a thousand years of sleep. It¡¯s always irritating to stand up after sleeping for a thousand years. When I first woke up, I was under a small pond and got soaked with water. Then, after merely taking one step, I get encased in layers of dirt. Now that I think back, it wasn¡¯t even that comfortable.
After crossing an ocean to escape that hideous continent, I faceplant into a beach. The sand was much too loose, I couldn¡¯t sleep properly. Now, just to stand up, I had to force a hill off my body. It¡¯s not hard, just irritating. I can¡¯t see properly with so much dust around me and notifications blocking my vision.
| Colossal Dream |
| Requirements met... evolving. |
| Completion time |
| 1000 years. |
| Evolution |
| Growth, 700 meters. Total height,1000 meters.
PartialMithril composition acquired.
Improved durability and stability. |
| Name: |
??Col |
| Race: |
??Primordial Elemental |
| Titles: |
??Primordial, Earth Shaper, Ocean Treader,
Volcanic master |
| Unique Trait: |
??Colossal Dream |
Ha-ha, at least this is some wonderful news. I¡¯m finally one step closer. When I first opened my eyes, after waking, Zohn looked so distressed¡ and white. I managed to calm him down, but I should ask him what¡¯s wrong. He¡¯s usually so calm and happy, it¡¯s probably urgent.
I turn my head towards Zohn. Damn this dust! Its turned Zohn¡¯s white clothes completely brown. Zohn doesn¡¯t seem bothered by this, he still has his usualy calm face. Maybe I¡¯m just worrying over nothing? Still, it doesn¡¯t hurt to ask, ¡°Zohn, my dear friend, what was with that previous distressed expression? Was it because your hair has turned white?¡±.
This is a reasonable question, so why is Zohn suddenly frowning? It¡¯s probably unrelated. Zohn looks like he¡¯s at a loss for words. Don¡¯t worry Zohn, there¡¯s no rush. I¡¯ll just wait till you¡¯re ready to speak. For now, I¡¯ll organize my thoughts while I wait.This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version.
This dust is insufferable. I try to ignore it, but the dust is warming rapidly. The heat doesn¡¯t bother me, but it probably bothers Zohn. I¡¯ll wave the dust away; some sunlight might help Zohn to think.
I wave my arm through the dust cloud, it doesn¡¯t seem to make much of a difference. Anything helps at this point, and I¡¯ve got no better method right now. I wave my arm again and again. The surrounding temperature is spiking. What is going on? I hasten my waving, trying to get a proper look outside the dust cloud.
I quickly look towards Zohn. Why does he seem so scared? We need to leave this dust cloud, it¡¯s upsetting Zohn. I stop my aimlessly waving. I pull my arm back and in one quick motion, I wave my hand through the dust cloud. Halfway through, my hand suddenly impacts something incredibly hot.
The impact forces me a step back. Fortunately, Zohn has already retreated into his house. The good news is, the resulting force managed to thin the dust cloud, but now my beautiful hand is scorched black. Am I missing something important? It can¡¯t be, I¡¯m usually extremely observant.
Why can¡¯t I wake up in a peaceful and calm manner? Is it my fate to be cursed by rude awakenings? I need to leave this mountain, it¡¯s become so unpleasant compared to when we first arrived. How was Zohn able to live in this ugly place? It¡¯s probably a mystery that can never be answered. Also, my back feels heavier than it should be¡ I¡¯ll focus on these conundrums later, I need to focus on the task at hand.
I barely move and the stone under my feet crumbles to dust; why is everything so difficult today? Climbing down seems unwise. There isn¡¯t too much left of this mountain, only about five kilometres. Jumping down shouldn¡¯t be too hard? Hmmm, yes, it could work. Zohn is still in his house, so there is nothing to worry about.
I¡¯ll jump on three. one¡ two¡ three!
Ugh! That could have gone better. The landing was a success¡ Somewhat. Sadly, my legs are currently completely embedded into the ground. How was I supposed to know the ground was this soft? How did my brethren go about their day when they were larger than I¡¯m currently? At least this can¡¯t get any more irritating.
I¡¯ll start with pulling myself out of the¡ What is making such a noisy ruckus behind me? I turn my head to look and I¡¯m greeted with a blast of dust. I¡¯m barely able to see the last parts of the mountain crumble completely. This must have dispersed the dust to the surrounding landscape. Was my small jump too much for the mountain? I need to learn to control my strength.
I finally manage to escape the intolerable dust, but it has returned for revenge! I should have known such a mighty foe wouldn¡¯t be defeated easily. My only option is to fight back. Be prepared dust! Breaking out of the ground can wait, this fight is more important.
Without hesitating, I start waving my arms rapidly. The dust doesn¡¯t stand a chance against my prowess. Ha-ha, just a little more and the dust will have no other choice than surrender. Who is shouting during this pivotal moment? I look towards Zohn house and in front of the house, I find Zohn frantically waving his arms.
Ha! Zohn has joined the battle, now the dust¡¯s defeat is inevitable. ¡°Col! Calm down!¡± I hear Zohn shout. ¡°There isn¡¯t time to talk during battle¡± I answer back, are you crazy Zohn? ¡°Battle? Never mind, Col, stop waving your arms, please calm down.¡± Zohn shouts again, his tone seems pleading. Fine, the dust is permitted to survive¡ For now.
¡°Welcome back old friend¡± Zohn greets me, a wide smilebrimming from his face. Oh right! I haven¡¯t greeted Zohn since I woke, how rude of me. We¡¯ve been separated for far too long. ¡°It¡¯s wonderful to be back,¡± I reply, my mouth forming a smile as I speak.
(35) Reforged.
POV Narrator:
With a final rumble, the old volcano completely collapses. An entity that survived the cycle of Ages, reduced to a heap of stone and rubble. Embedded into the ground, next to the crumbled mountain, the Colossus stands. Its one-kilometre tall body, half buried.
On the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, a dust-covered Zohn stands with a shining smile. His eyes fixed upon the Colossus¡¯ moss covered, granite face. A peaceful silence hovers between the two companions, both unwilling to break it. A silent conversation, without words or deception.
The dust continues to fall. The previous ¡®battle¡¯, seemingly pointless. A deep laugh bellows, as the Colossus breaks the silence, ¡°Ha-ha, it¡¯s truly wonderful to be awake.¡±. The Colossus¡¯ smile widens, his gaze hovering over Zohn¡¯s wrinkled face. Then, as if it never existed, the Colossus¡¯ smile fade into nothingness. The Colossus lowers its head. ¡°It¡¯s been so long¡¡± a soft, gloomy voice flows from the Colossus¡¯ granite lips.
¡°From now until eternity. A promise to travel together for all of time¡¡±, a calm voice rings in the Colossus¡¯ ears. ¡°We are companions, are we not?¡±. Zohn¡¯s kind voice echoes out. ¡°Those were the last words you spoke one thousand years ago.¡± Zohn continues.
In a deep, rumbling voice, the Colossus responds ¡°Companions...¡±. ¡°I don¡¯t believe I¡¯m still worthy to be called that. We promised to travel together, but I abandoned you for a thousand years.¡± The Colossus¡¯ continues, his deep voice almost cracking. He knows the pain of loneliness and understands the hardships Zohn must have endured. He hates himself for it.
Zohn takes a deep breath as he scans the Colossus¡¯ pained face. Zohn closes his eyes and deep frown forms on his wrinkled face. In a commanding tone containing a hint of anger, he shouts, ¡°Eternity!¡±. Zohn takes a step forward, his voice growing stronger, ¡°Not a day, or a month, or a year, but for all of time. This was the vow we made all those years ago.¡±.
Step by step Zohn approaches the Colossus¡¯ lowered head, his frowning face slowly unravelling. A deep breath flows from his limps. Resting his hand on the Colossus¡¯ gigantic neck, he continues in a soft voice, ¡°True friendship isn¡¯t without effort or sacrifice. You helped me achieve my dream all those years ago and I promised to help you achieve yours. We forged a bond to last an eternity. Do you really believe that a mere thousand years solitude, would break this bond?¡±.
A single tear drips from Zohn¡¯s deep blue eyes; a tear containing no deception or lies. With teary eyes, Zohn speaks in a powerful voice, ¡°As companions, we will never be alone. Together, the ravages of time are meaningless. So, tell me Col. Are you unworthy as my companion?¡±.Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road.
The Colossus¡¯ pained face morphs. His granite brows knit together, a determined expression forming on his downcast face. ¡°I¡¯m sorry Zohn¡ for everything I¡¯ve done.¡± The Colossus says, slowly lifting his lowered head. The Colossus¡¯ eyes lock on Zohn¡¯s. ¡°I may not know a lot about friendship, but I know that abandoning you was cruel. I vow that it will never happen again!¡± the Colossus shouts, his voice radiating conviction. In the sky, thunder rumbles.
Beside the crumbled mountain two companions stand. Both beings from a different time, bound by fate and guided by a single dream. Their bond may be tested, but it will not break easily. Through their solitude, they found friendship. Their bond will carry them throughout their journey, wherever it may lead.
Zohn lowers his arm and releases a deep breath. Without moving a single step, he sits down on the Colossus¡¯ moss-covered shoulder and leans against his granite neck. Shaking off the dust from his robe, Zohn wipes his teary eyes. Finally regaining his previously graceful appearance. Complete exhaustion overwhelms Zohn, but he does not give in.
¡°Col, no matter what happens, we will achieve your dream, but there is another issue that we must first address,¡± Zohn speaks as he turns his head towards the city, off in the distance. ¡°While you slept, I got acquainted with a small human. I trained him for a year and helped him save his people.¡± Zohn explains. ¡°You see that city in the distance?¡± Zohn asks.
¡°That place with all those small beings running around?¡± the Colossus asks, intrigued by this strange phenomenon. ¡°Exactly,¡± Zohn confirms. ¡°I would like to introduce you to one of them. He¡¯s the person that I trained.¡± He continues, explaining his request to the Colossus. ¡°That sounds like a wonderful idea! Why don¡¯t we go immediately, there¡¯s no reason to make them wait?¡± The Colossus readily agrees.
¡°I can¡¯t wait to meet new people, this is so exciting!¡± the Colossus screams internally, a wide smile returning to his face. Without wasting a minute, the Colossus tries to lift his leg. Around him, the ground shakes and rumbles. Without warning, a large tear splits the earth, heading straight towards the city. ¡°Col, wait!¡± Zohn jumps up and shouts in panic. As the Colossus ceases moving, the hundred-meter-wide tear stops just before the city gates.
¡°That was close.¡± Zohn sighs in relief. ¡°What¡¯s wrong Zohn?¡± the Colossus asks, seemingly oblivious to the disaster he almost caused. ¡°I don¡¯t think we can go towards the city. Just trying to break free from the ground almost destroyed it.¡± Zohn explains, still reeling from the sudden event. The Colossus¡¯ smile fades.
¡°Does the world hate me?¡± the Colossus overreacts internally. ¡°Now we¡¯ll never get to meet those small people.¡± The Colossus states, his eyes downcast. ¡°Not necessarily.¡± Zohn quickly adds, his eyes focusing on the plains in front of them. The Colossus turns his head towards the plains and the smile returns.
On the plains, heading straight towards them, a group of people on mounts approach. In the centre of their formation, a single carriage stands. ¡°Looks like the people are coming towards us,¡± Zohn states with a smile.
(36) Convoy.
POV Narrator:
On the boulder-littered plain past the city, a convoy approaches the half-buried Colossus. Consisting of close to a hundred mounted soldiers and a single majestic carriage, they progress at a steady pace. Winding past the hill-sized boulders and crater ridden grounds, the convoy¡¯s formation shows no openings or weakness.
Inside the carriage, in the centre of the formation, three people are seated with lowered heads; Dawkin, his wife, and their most trusted general and old friend. A heavy atmosphere and a deadly silence enshroud the carriage. A serious grimace stands carved, on each of their wizened faces.
¡°Monsters that you can¡¯t even dream of ever facing,¡± Dawkin mumbles in a quiet voice. ¡°Did you say something, dear?¡± Dawkin¡¯s wife, while sitting beside him, asks. ¡°I was told those words, long ago,¡± Dawkin answers while lifting his head. ¡°Those words haunted me when I was still youthful, but these past years, we¡¯ve grown complacent.¡± Dawkin continues, his eyes locking onto the person sitting across from him.
¡°General, has the evacuation begun?¡± Dawkin asks gravely. ¡°Yes, my king, the process is already underway, but they will need time.¡± the General answers, his hands forming tight fists. ¡°Then time they will have,¡± Dawkin answers, resolution brimming with each syllable. ¡°General, stop the convoy. I need to address our men.¡± Dawkin commands as he prepares to stand up.
On the dust-covered plain, half a kilometre away from the Colossus, Dawkin exits the carriage. His armoured boots'' imprints the ground with their legacy. His hazel eyes scan the convoy; a deep gaze piercing the very soul of each soldier. From his throat, a deep, powerful voice flows; a voice worthy of the utmost respect, ¡°The best of the best. The elite of an obsolete generation. Each of us carries scars of victory and the smiles of the fallen. We¡¯ve forged the future through blood, and I¡¯ll be damned if I see it crumble.¡±.
Dawkin continues, his voice growing increasingly louder, ¡°Our hair may be grey, our faces may be wrinkled, but our swords have not dulled!¡±. A raging fire ignites in the eyes of every soldier surrounding him. Dawkin stops, a looming silence, envelopes the surroundings. In a low voice, he continues, ¡°Our people need time to escape and we¡¯ll provide that time. If one of us still draws breath, none will pass us. As a final gift, from the old to the new, we will make our last stand.¡±.
Dawkin, while surrounded by the veteran soldiers, directs his gaze towards the Colossus looming in the distance. His hand rests on the handle of his prized mithril sword, sheathed on his waist. Without hesitation, Dawkin commands, ¡°Men, dismount and prepare for battle!¡±. In unison, the convoy dismounts, allowing their mounts to return to the city. As a single entity, they proceed to march forward. Their steel boots, drum the ground. The melodious song of the veterans¡¯ death march.Stolen story; please report.
Up high, on the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn observes the convoy¡¯s strange movement. ¡°What are they planning?¡± he ponders silently. ¡°I can¡¯t wait to meet new people!¡± the Colossus states, his eyes brimming with excitement. ¡°Just be sure to avoid moving. We want to meet them, not bury them.¡± Zohn reminds, hoping to avoid any potential disasters.
From the marching convoy, a loud shout erupts, ¡°Charge!¡±. ¡°What a strange greeting.¡± The Colossus muses. On the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn observes with a bewildered expression. ¡°Why does it look like they are trying to attack us? Do they see the Col as an enemy?¡± he ponders.
Slowly, a realization dawns on Zohn, ¡°After the mountain collapsed and their city almost destroyed by Col, they have every reason to believe he¡¯s an enemy.¡±. ¡°I need to stop them and resolve this misunderstanding.¡± He quickly decides. Tightly gripping his legendary spear, Zohn leaps from the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, five hundred metres in the air.
A hundred metres away from the Colossus, Dawkin¡¯s mouth widens in awe. ¡°Such a large beast. It seems stuck, so this our only opportunity to stop it. I¡¯ll make sure to avenge Zohn¡¯s death.¡± Dawkin decides, his eyes growing resolute. From the sky a sharp whistle rings, drawing everyone¡¯s attention. Like a meteor, Zohn impacts the ground with a loud crack, kicking up a cloud of dust.
¡°Halt!¡± Dawkin shouts, his men forming a defensive formation. ¡°It¡¯s throwing projectiles at us, be ready to dodge.¡± The General, next to Dawkin, commands. Silently, they wait for the next attack. Seconds pass, but nothing happens. Dawkin¡¯s attention returns to where Zohn landed. As the dust settles, Zohn¡¯s figure slowly reveals itself.
In a crouched position, with a large web of cracks spreading from his feet, Zohn, with a small smile on his lips, stares directly at Dawkin. ¡°We meet again,¡± Zohn says in a calm voice. ¡°Zohn! You¡¯re still alive?!¡± Dawkin shouts in shock, unbefitting of his stature. ¡°It doesn¡¯t even look like he has aged a day in seventy years. Also, he didn¡¯t die on the mountain, even after its complete destruction?¡± Dawkin mumbles to himself, almost incoherent.
¡°Are you here to help us fight this beast?¡± Dawkin asks excitedly, finally seeing a glimmer of hope in their wretched situation. A strange expression surfaces on Zohn¡¯s face. ¡°You must have many questions and I¡¯ll get to them later, but there¡¯s another important matter that we need to attend to.¡± Zohn answers mysteriously.
¡°Col!¡±, Zohn suddenly shouts. On cue, the Colossus bends its body, lowering its head closer to the ground. ¡°This is truly the end!¡± Dawkin shouts internally. ¡°Some introductions are in order. Everyone, this is Col, my companion.¡± Zohn quickly introduces the Colossus, hoping to ease tensions. ¡°Greetings, tiny goliaths!¡± the Colossus, with his large head hovering directly over the convoy and in a booming voice, greets them excitedly.
¡°They aren¡¯t goliaths.¡± Zohn quickly interjects. ¡°Are you sure, Zohn, you¡¯re practically identical?¡± The Colossus asks, completely confused. ¡°Ugh, we¡¯ll talk about this later.¡± Zohn dismisses the Colossus with a sigh. ¡°Come with me and I¡¯ll answer all of your questions,¡± Zohn says, beckoning the convoy.
(37) Agreement.
POV Narrator:
On each soldiers¡¯ wrinkled face, a grim expression looms. When they volunteered for this mission, they didn¡¯t expect to return. They knew that facing the Colossus was practically suicide, but they volunteered regardless. They formed this convoy of old men, with one goal in mind. To allow their people to escape, at any costs.
Now, they stand obstructed and confused. In front of them, Zohn stands with his white robe fluttering in the wind and with a kind smile brimming through his long, white beard. In his right hand, his legendary spear rests. To the soldiers, Zohn looked no different than a divine saint that fell from the heavens.
¡°It was him!¡± the old General shouts in shock, his eyes locking onto Zohn¡¯s spear. Seeing the others soldiers¡¯ confusion, the general continues, ¡°He¡¯s the hero who slew the wyvern, all those years ago. Did you all suddenly forget that desperate battle, when we were still young men?¡±. With the General¡¯s explanation, sudden realisation dawns on each soldier. Seeing these events transpire, Zohn¡¯s smile turns warm.
¡°Hmmm.¡± the Colossus wonders absentmindedly, his eyes staring intently at the soldiers below, still struggling to discern the difference between Goliaths and Humans. ¡°I need to get a closer look.¡± The Colossus decides. Without warning, the Colossus digs his hand into the ground, under the convoy, and lifts everyone up in one motion.
¡°Col, what are you doing!?¡± Zohn shouts in shock. Seemingly deaf, the Colossus continues to lift the entire convoy. The Colossus¡¯ hand stops right next to his face. His two giant eyes, each bigger than a fully grown human, studies the group intently. ¡°Maybe Zohn''s eyes are damaged?¡± the Colossus, still in disbelief, mumbles under his breath.
¡°Col?¡± Zohn asks, still recovering from the Colossus¡¯ sudden actions. The Colossus, breaking out of the sudden trance, looks at Zohn. ¡°Something wrong?¡± the Colossus asks innocently, absentmindedly redirecting his eyes back towards the convoy. ¡°Why did you pick everyone up? Are you trying to kill them!?¡± Zohn shouts in accusation.
In the Colossus¡¯ hand, the soldiers huddle up around Dawkin and his wife. An ugly expression line each of their faces. Dawkin, realising the futility of their initial plan, addresses his men ¡°We¡¯ve done all that we can. Whether we live or die, it¡¯s not up to us anymore. We can only hope, that we¡¯ve done enough.¡±. Dawkin, gripping his wife¡¯s trembling hand, looks towards Zohn.
¡°Dear, why is Zohn provoking this giant thing? He saved us all those years ago, but now he¡¯s only quickening our death.¡± Dawkin¡¯s wife asks, still visibly shaken by the sudden events. ¡°Zohn is our last hope, our only option is to place our trust in him.¡± Dawkin, trying to reassure his wife, answers. Contradictory to this statement, dread fills his eyes.The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings.
A deep silence grips the surroundings, the atmosphere growing tenser each second. Unease wells in Dawkin¡¯s heart, his eyes observing the Colossus¡¯ almost brooding expression. ¡°Zohn has angered this stone behemoth, there¡¯s truly no way out¡¡± Dawkin¡¯s thoughts grow increasingly darker.
The Colossus¡¯ eyes lock onto Zohn standing outside of the huddled group. As the tension reaches an absolute peak, the Colossus asks in a serious tone, ¡°Zohn, have you slept enough while I was gone? Did someone damage your eyes?¡±. Zohn¡¯s mouth hangs open, disbelief fills his mind. ¡°What does that have to do with anything!?¡± Zohn shouts in frustration.
¡°Zohn must have hurt his eyes, it¡¯s the only explanation. Why else would he believe there¡¯s a difference between Goliaths and these so-called ¡®humans¡¯.¡±. The Colossus confidently concludes. ¡°Don¡¯t worry Zohn, we¡¯ll find a way to fix you.¡± The Colossus says, trying to reassure Zohn.
Zohn heaves a sigh of defeat, his face growing visibly older. ¡°We¡¯ll do that later, just don¡¯t drop us, please,¡± Zohn says to the Colossus, as he turns towards the spooked convoy. ¡°This went much better in my head,¡± Zohn mumbles, as he approaches the huddled group. Slowly, from within the group, Dawkin and his wife emerge.
¡°I apologize, this was meant to be a cheerful reunion, but I guess it was not meant to be,¡± Zohn says as he shoots a glare towards the oblivious Colossus. Dawkin, quick to adapt, answers, ¡°No need, it was our mistake to approach without warning.¡±. ¡°So, what¡¯s the reason for this reunion?¡± Zohn asks, fully realising the stupidity of his question.
¡°Well, we were hoping to stop our city¡¯s destruction,¡± Dawkin answers, his voice turning serious. Zohn, with a guilty expression peaks at the giant crack splitting the plain below. ¡°Yeah, that was an accident¡¡± Zohn says, his voice trailing off. ¡°Col was trying to dig himself out of the ground, and one thing led to another.¡± Zohn continues, his voice growing softer with each word.
¡°I guess it¡¯s impossible to avoid the city¡¯s destruction?¡± Dawkin dejectedly asks. ¡°Unfortunately not,¡± Zohn confirms his fears. Dawkin shuts his eyes tightly, a deep frown streaking across his forehead. Suddenly, Dawkin opens his eyes and asks in a serious voice, ¡°Can you give us one year to relocate the city?¡±.
Seeing the reasonable request, Zohn asks the Colossus, ¡°One year won¡¯t be a problem, right Col?¡±. ¡°Sure, a year¡¯s rest will help you recover.¡± The Colossus agrees easily. Finally achieving a path of salvation for his people, a bright smile forms on Dawkins wrinkled face. ¡°Col, can you please put everyone down?¡± Zohn asks.
On the dust-covered plain, a giant granite hand gently lowers the convoy. ¡°I wish you the best of luck.¡± Zohn bid the convoy farewell. As the convoy prepares to depart, Dawkin turns towards Zohn, his old master, and takes a deep bow. With a tear streaming down his wrinkled face, Dawkin gives his last goodbye, ¡°Thank you, Zohn¡ For everything.¡±.
Back on the Colossus¡¯ shoulder, Zohn watches the convoy, as it marches back towards the city. ¡°Such a strange group of Goliaths.¡± The Colossus states in his deep voice. ¡°Oh right! Zohn, I¡¯ve been meaning to ask, what¡¯s this?¡± The Colossus asks, pointing towards the forest on his shoulders and back. ¡°I¡¯ll explain everything later. After all, we have a whole year to rest.¡± Zohn states in a tired voice, as he slowly makes his way towards his house and soft bed.
Interlude Arc 3.
The heart of earth
At the creation¡¯s start
As a pile of dust
It rests at last
To the silent keeper, a frown alignsThis novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source.
The mournful sigh, from a watchful eye
The mountain of legend he left to find
To go and shine as a beacon for mankind
There up high his path was found
At peace, he resigns to his eternal mound
A companion¡¯s trust was left to crumble
A buried giant began its rumble
A fateful bond was cast in stone
A bond reforged to face a cyclone
A higher power, confined by law
Its flame of power was all they saw
At his side, another stands
The powers of change flow through its hands
(38) Higher power.
POV Erath:
Finally, that irritating mountain is no more. Its been an eyesore these past centuries, but I¡¯ve finally gotten around to clearing it away. That mountain was a true oddity. I¡¯m still puzzled on how it managed to endure the cycle of the ages. Not even I am confident facing the cycle, maybe fate has a plan for it?
That mountain strangely reminds me about that weird granite humanoid I saw in the elemental plane. But, I don¡¯t want to think any further about that horrid place. Standing guard there for a thousand years, watching the elemental rivers cascade into one another, truly makes one feel insignificant. Thank the System, I don¡¯t have to return to that place, at least for a few cycles.
In any case, it¡¯s not my place to question the cycle of the ages. By destroying the mountain, I¡¯ve done my duty, nothing more and nothing less. Alas, I wish I could go down there and bath the world in true fire, but that¡¯s still a wild dream. Just collecting the elemental essence to destroy the mountain, took years¡
Maybe, in the future, I¡¯ll grow powerful enough to usher in an Age of fire and destruction. I wouldn¡¯t send a small fireball, but a true rain of fire and destruction. Wouldn¡¯t it be wonderful, watching the world burn and the oceans evaporate? Ha-ha, I could see it now. All those mortal beings running from my unquestionable strength. Ha! Then everyone will know my true power!
¡°Just listening to your deranged laugh, I assume you¡¯re still fantasizing about ushering in your so-called ¡®Age of fire and destruction¡¯?¡± behind me, I hear my sister, mocking me. They¡¯ll see. It may not be this age or the next, but my time will come. I turn around and face my sister as she walks towards me, on the wind. Her emerald hair is flowing like a gentle stream of water, seemingly unaffected by gravity. It¡¯s always a sharp contrast to the blue fire, that¡¯s my hair.
¡°Greetings Natine, you sure took your time, making your way here. Did someone, again, fail to complement your ¡®righteousness¡¯, and you had to smite them?¡± I quickly say as she approaches. ¡°Enough of these games Erath. Have you completed your task?¡± she asks, clearly annoyed by my comment.
¡°Of course, it was but a minor task, for one as powerful as I,¡± I answer confidently. She clearly has no respect for my power, but soon, she will know¡ ¡°Now, the rest is up to you. Gather your puny winds and wipe clean what¡¯s left of that strange mountain.¡± I say as I prepare to leave. Without waiting, she prepares to gather her power, elegant, as always, in her every action.Help support creative writers by finding and reading their stories on the original site.
As I¡¯m finally prepared to leave, I turn towards my sister¡¯s voluptuous figure. ¡°Remember Natine, you can¡¯t fail in this task. We can¡¯t afford another mistake.¡± I remind her. ¡°Don¡¯t worry brother, when have I ever failed in a task before?¡± she quickly says, as she begins to gather elemental essence. ¡°Ha, the day will come, and I¡¯ll be there to enjoy every moment of it,¡± I say, my mouth curving into a wide grin.
Natine, with her eyes closed as she prepares to gather elemental essence, quickly adds, before I could leave, ¡°Remember Erath, in about a hundred years, the elemental plane will have gathered enough elemental essence, and the next cycle will begin. Maybe then, you¡¯ll be able to usher in your ¡®Age of fire and destruction¡¯, ha-ha.¡±.
I can clearly see the wide smile on her face, as she mocks me. A grumble, leaks from my throat, as I turn to leave. ¡°Also.¡± She quickly adds, her eyes still close. ¡°What is it now sister!?¡± I ask irritably, almost shouting at this point. Her elegant demeanour turns serious, as she replies, ¡°Erath, I¡¯m not to be bothered during this time, as I gather my power. Make sure of this.¡±.
A scowl forms on my face, as I hear her request, but I¡¯m forced to swallow this irritation. I¡¯m acutely aware of the importance of her task, so I can only accept her request. ¡°Rest assured, I¡¯ll notify one of the others to watch over you during this time.¡±. ¡°How long will your task take?¡± I ask, out of curiosity. ¡°About a year or two. I¡¯m stronger than you, so I¡¯ll finish my task faster than you did.¡± She replies, still managing to find time to mock me.
¡°One of these Ages Natine, you will learn to fear my power,¡± I say, anger boiling in my heart. ¡°But not this Age, now run back towards your domain Erath and inform the others. Remember to cultivate your strength, else you¡¯ll only be able to blame yourself for your lack of power. Now, run along, ha-ha.¡± She quickly rebukes my statement, ending with her ever-vexing laugh.
I give a last glance towards my sister. The scowl on my face engraves itself deeper into my skin; the fire on my head, burns a shade brighter. ¡°I¡¯ll gather my power, and I¡¯ll show every one of you, that I¡¯m not someone to be looked down upon. I may have been born last, but that doesn¡¯t mean I am weak. In the future, you will bear witness to my true power.¡± I say to myself, as I confirm this resolution in my heart.
Finally, I turn away for the last time, unwilling to stay for a minute longer. It has always been a mystery, why anyone would want to be in her wretched company. With one last grumble, I move away from my sister¡¯s floating figure. Each step that I take, scorches the sky with fire. My eyes are resolute, as the flame of desire burns in my heart. If it¡¯s power that I require, then I¡¯ll use any method to get it.
(39) Imprisonment.
POV Narrator
On the grassy plains, stretching as far as the eye can see, the ruins of an ancient mountain, lie in eternal damnation. Next, to this once mighty entity, a city sleeps. A city, once bustling with activity and laughter; housing the lives of its fortunate inhabitants, now lies empty and deserted.
Beyond the borders of the city, the grassy plains continue unperturbed. The plains¡¯ countenance, still bears the signs of a battle, of colossal proportions, that once took place upon it. A battlefield, akin to a meteor shower, showing signs of recovery. Large holes and uneven hills, covered in grass, litter the landscape; like the battle scars of a grizzled war veteran.
In the middle of the plains, next to the crumbled mountain, the Colossus looms. Its large eyes radiate intense focus, as it concentrates on the task at hand. The Colossus seems unfazed, despite being stuck, over five hundred meters into the ground for a whole year
Close to the Colossus, a hill like structure stands. Reaching several hundred meters tall, its size is only dwarfed by the Colossus next to it. This structure, seems unnatural in its creation; too smooth, to be natural, but large enough for Man to hold no claim over it. A strange mystery, to any uninformed bystanders.
¡°Zohn, after months of arduous labour, the battle is finally over.¡± The Colossus¡¯ stomach, bellows in content. Its mouth releases a deep laugh, as a large smile festers on its moss-covered, granite face. On its shoulder, resting under the shade of a large oak tree, Zohn observes the Colossus¡¯ ¡®masterpiece¡¯, as he releases a silent laugh.
¡°Are you finally content, Col?¡± Zohn asks a serene expression lingering on his face. ¡°Absolutely!¡± the Colossus exclaims in triumph. ¡°This past year, through our ceaseless efforts, we¡¯ve collected all of that damned dust. This hill, made from the earth itself, will imprison the vile dust for ages.¡± The Colossus explains, its eyes gleaming with pride.
¡°Aren¡¯t you afraid of it being destroyed, the whole thing is made from dirt that you threw together?¡± Zohn asks in amusement. ¡°Impossible, besides, who would possibly want to free these vile creatures?¡± the Colossus quickly rebukes Zohn¡¯s question.
¡°Now that this ¡®important¡¯ task is done, shall we continue our journey?¡± Zohn asks, changing the subject. ¡°Yes, but let us wait until tomorrow. We¡¯ve worked hard today, and some rest is in order.¡± The Colossus replies, its body taking a relaxed pose.
¡°How¡¯s the forest doing?¡± the Colossus asks. Without giving Zohn a second to reply, it continues, ¡°When you first showed it to me, I thought that it was merely extra weight that I had to carry, but this past year, it''s really grown on me. Just look at Jeffery, over there.¡± The Colossus says, pointing to a seemingly random tree, in the forest on its back.Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences.
An endearing expression surfaces on the Colossus¡¯ face, as it continues, ¡°He¡¯s such a kind fellow, always waving at me, with its green branches whenever I look at him.¡±. Zohn¡¯s face morphs into a puzzled expression, as he looks to where the Colossus pointed at. ¡°It¡¯s clearly just a normal tree,¡± Zohn says to himself, but he decides to remain silent, unwilling to spoil the Colossus¡¯ happiness.
¡°I¡¯m glad you like it. It seems my thousand years of labour, was worth it.¡± Zohn sighs in content. ¡°Tomorrow, where will we be going?¡± Zohn asks curious about their destination. ¡°I have a rough idea, but we¡¯ll only know, once the journey starts.¡± The Colossus answers mysteriously.
As the day progresses and sun gradually loses its shine, the calm winds begin to grow stronger. The once tranquil forest, on the Colossus¡¯ back, begins to sway and shake. Without warning, the winds grow violent, almost ferocious. The forest shakes unceasingly, threatening to uproot itself. The Colossus¡¯ eyes grow wide, as it stares at Jeffery. Without a moment of hesitance, the Colossus releases its Elemental essence; shielding Jeffery, and coincidently Zohn and the forest.
For an hour, the winds batter the landscape; uprooting the newly grown grass and wreaking havoc on the abandoned city. The Colossus looks unconcerned at the approaching winds, its body firmly rooted into the ground.
Another hour passes, the winds, have only grown stronger. Each second, the Colossus is battered by the winds, but he maintains a calm expression. As the hours pass, the Colossus¡¯ calm expression begins to waver, but he remains unworried. His body still stands firmly rooted in the ground.
A day passes, and the winds have only grown stronger. Up in the sky, the sun shines with its usual radiance, uncaring about the world below. Zohn has already retreated into his home, fearing being suddenly blown off the Colossus¡¯ shoulder. Suddenly, a large crack resounds throughout the sky, confirming the Colossus¡¯ biggest fear.
His mighty prison, housing the most terrifying beings, has collapsed under the endless onslaught of the wind. Shock fills the Colossus¡¯ entire body, as he shouts in anger, ¡°No! How could this happen? My unbreakable hill has collapsed. Does the wind have no morals; don¡¯t they realise what they¡¯ve released to the world?!¡±.
Hearing the Colossus¡¯ howl, Zohn quickly goes outside. Seeing the cause, Zohn silently laughs at the Colossus¡¯ overdramatic nature. ¡°Col, don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m sure we¡¯ll capture them again after this wind passes,¡± Zohn says, trying to comfort the Colossus. A pained expression remains on the Colossus¡¯ face, as he nods at Zohn¡¯s reassuring words.
As if on cue, the Colossus, turns his head towards the horizon. There, countless floating islands, seem to be heading towards the Colossus, propelled by the Strong winds. ¡°Just what is going on?¡± Zohn asks in bewilderment, as he observes the strange phenomena. Slowly, Zohn turns towards the Colossus and in a wavering voice, says, ¡°Col, I don¡¯t think this wind is going to stop.¡±.
Without waiting, Zohn rushes back towards his house. Quickly trying to prepare for the upcoming storm, fearing its course is heading towards them. Conversely, the Colossus¡¯ eyes remain fixed on the Floating island. ¡°If the islands can float, does that mean I can float?¡± The Colossus absentmindedly wonders.
(40) Eye.
POV Narrator:
For a whole week, desolate winds ravage the landscape. Its might, seemingly endless. The previous war-torn earth is unrecognisable. Nothing lives on this forsaken land, except for one seemingly untouched place. Peaking out of the landscape, a lone figure stands against the mighty winds. His body may be half-buried, but his spirit isn¡¯t.
With his head turned towards the forest on his back, the Colossus whispers, ¡°Don¡¯t worry Jeffery, I¡¯ll protect you.¡±. ¡°Did you say something?¡± Zohn asks as he rests in his house. ¡°It¡¯s none of your concern,¡± the Colossus quickly rebukes, suddenly switching his gaze away from the tree.
Inside his home, Zohn sits with his eyes closed, slowly absorbing the Colossus¡¯ elemental essence. ¡°My power has grown considerably this past year. Maybe I can finally help Col to fight this storm?¡± Zohn murmurs to himself, slowly opening his wrinkled eyes. Standing up, he peer out into the stormy winds. A deep frown carves itself into his brow and for a mere second a thought flashes through his mind, ¡°could this be where our journey ends?¡±.
Up high, the Colossus narrows his eyes. ¡°Is this wind trying to bury me?¡± The Colossus muses. ¡°If this tempest believes it¡¯s powerful enough, then it¡¯s sorely mistaken. I¡¯ve been buried time and time again, and I won¡¯t allow myself to be entombed once more!¡± The Colossus proclaims in its heart.
The Colossus is determined. ¡°Zohn, stay in your house. I¡¯m going to pull myself out of the ground,¡± the Colossus warns with a hardened expression. Just before moving, the Colossus stops itself, his head turning towards the forest on his back. ¡°Jeffery, hold on tight,¡± the Colossus commands, his eyes growing resolute.
¡°Gmm,¡± a groan leeks from the Colossus¡¯ throat as he moves. The desolate landscape cracks and breaks apart. The ravine widens further. Step by step, the Colossus¡¯ excavates himself out of the ground. His large body, akin to that of a titan¡¯s, steadily rises further and further to the sky. Meter by meter, the Colossus climbs, unperturbed by the wind battering his granite body.
With a final push, the Colossus breaks free. His body sways unstable, struggling to maintain his balance. The Colossus face flashes with determination, unwilling to give up. ¡°For Ages, I¡¯ve been forced underground; buried by layers upon layers of earth, but today will be different!¡± The Colossus swears.
Zohn, seeing the Colossus stabilise, exits his home and walks towards the Colossus¡¯ head. As he reaches the shoulder, he stands to consider his surroundings. ¡°Col, for a thousand years I¡¯ve practised endlessly for a day when I could finally help you. Now that such a day has arrived, I¡¯ll stand here, and we¡¯ll face this enemy together.¡± Zohn says, his expression beaming determination as he looks towards the colossus.Unauthorized use: this story is on Amazon without permission from the author. Report any sightings.
A smile forms on the Colossus¡¯ face, his eyes meeting Zohn¡¯s. ¡°Old friend, today we shall make our stand. Gather your power and follow my lead.¡±. The Colossus prepares to gather his power. In the middle of a raging hurricane, two companions stand foot to shoulder, both exuding an aura of absolute determination. Their powers flow out endlessly, gathering together in front of them, forming something never seen before. A new phenomenon.
In the air, the elemental essence fluctuate. This is the combination of their powers; the elemental essence that Zohn has cultivated for a thousand years, and the elemental essence that the Colossus has evolved to radiate. Steadily, their powers combine, growing stronger at an exponential rate; the Colossus¡¯ power forming the base and Zohn augments it.
As their powers gather, it takes shape, forming a small elemental stream similar to those from the elemental plane, but not nearly as powerful. With a width of a mere five meters and length of a hundred meters, it pails in comparison to the Colossus¡¯. ¡°What an adorable stream.¡± The Colossus says, momentarily losing his concentration.
¡°Will this be enough?¡± Zohn asks, his eyes observing the adorably small stream. ¡°We have no other choice.¡± The Colossus replies, his gaze still fixed on the small stream. Against the relentless winds, towering high into the clouds, this small stream seems inconsequential; like a small ant facing a man¡¯s boot, hopeless in its purpose.
For a moment the Colossus hesitates, as he stares at the elemental essence stream, but it passes as fast as it came. With a resolute heart, the Colossus commands the stream forward. Like a tiny ribbon fluttering in the wind, the stream snakes forward, hurrying towards the hurricane. ¡°Will this be enough?¡± the Colossus wonders in his heart. ¡°It has to be!¡± The Colossus proclaims, his heart growing firmer with this decision.
Steadily, the small stream slithers closer and closer, unaffected by the raging winds. The seconds tick by, each moment seems longer than the last. The stream quietly nears the storm¡¯s eye. Just as it reaches the epicentre, it disappears without a trace. ¡°Did our efforts fail!?¡± Zohn asks, his heart filled with shock. A grim expression lingers on the Colossus¡¯ face as he stares into the heart of the storm. Suddenly, a grin escapes from him, ¡°Not quite.¡±.
Without warning, the storm explodes. Its former might disappearing without a trace. ¡°Streamy did alright.¡± The Colossus says emotionally, his giant eyes threatening to cry, ¡°He was too young.¡±. ¡°We won!¡± Zohn shouts, wondering what has gotten into Col as he studies the Colossus¡¯ tearful expression.
¡°Zohn, our victory was tough. We lost a close friend, but we won. Now, we can stand tall and continue our journey.¡± The Colossus strikes a victorious pose. As the Colossus prepares to take his first step, he abruptly stops, and a loud moan escapes from his mithril throat, ¡°Not this again!¡±.
(41) Sleep.
Chapter 41
POV Narrator:
A complex expression rests on the Colossus¡¯ granite face, his mouth hanging open in disbelieve. ¡°Like an old friend, you appear again.¡± He says, his brow forming a frown. ¡°From nowhere, you appear time and time again. Not once did I call upon you, but here you hover!¡± the Colossus shout accusingly. ¡°What do you say in defence ¡®old friend¡¯?¡± he continues.
| Storm Emperor |
| Title granted forstopping a hurricane. |
| Colossal Dream |
| Requirements met... evolving. |
| Completion time |
| 1000 years. |
¡°I thought as much, it¡¯s always the same with you!¡± the Colossus snorts, his eyes radiating a subtle anger. ¡°What is this all even for? Every time you appear, I evolve and better myself, but at what cost?¡± he continues, his frustration building with each word. ¡°If it means abandoning Zohn to a thousand years of isolation, then I would rather not evolve at all!¡± the Colossus concludes, his eyes radiating a grim resolution.
¡°Col, you shouldn¡¯t say that!¡± Zohn quickly shouts, shocked by the Colossus¡¯ proclamation. ¡°Col, the past year we spent together was one of the best years of this old man¡¯s life, I¡¯m satisfied with it, but you can¡¯t throw away your dream for my personal happiness, I won¡¯t allow it.¡± Zohn continues, his eyes growing red as tears threaten to pour.
A kind expression rests on the Colossus¡¯ face, in a deep and caring voice, he speaks, ¡°Zohn, a year ago I vowed to never abandon you again. The world has already forced us apart, for a thousand years, and I won¡¯t allow it to happen again. Whatever fate may befall on the two of us, we¡¯ll go through it together. We are companions, are we not?¡±.
A single tear falls from Zohn¡¯s wrinkled face, washing away a thousand years of loneliness. Zohn opens his mouth, preparing to speak, but before he could, thunder suddenly cracks from the cloudless sky. The last time this happened, was a long, long time ago. Zohn¡¯s eyes widen in shock, his mouth hanging open in utter disbelieve.
| Evolution |
| For unrivalled dedication towards the chosen companion, requirements have been met to evolve title.
Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.
|
| Eternal Companion has evolved into Eternal Champion. |
| Completion time |
| 900 years. |
¡°Col! Looks like the world isn¡¯t as heartless as we thought,¡± Zohn shouts in excitement, his beard swaying left to right as he talks. ¡°What do you mean Zohn?¡± the Colossus asks, pleasantly surprised by Zohn¡¯s sudden outburst. ¡°The System has granted me an evolution, looks like we¡¯ll enter the hibernation sleep together,¡± Zohn says, practically shaking with excitement.
¡°Really?! Then you should prepare for the sleep, I don¡¯t know how much longer I¡¯ll be able to stay awake.¡± The Colossus commands, his face strained as he struggles to stay awake, but clearly relieved, as if a giant weight has been lifted from his towering shoulders.
Without waiting, Zohn rushes into the forest and towards his home. Its granite walls still look as pristine as the day it was made, the only difference is the vines covering almost every part of it. Zohn barricades the front door with a giant wooden beam and quickly makes his way through the winding hallways. He goes through every room, locking the doors.
Within five minutes, Zohn arrives at his bed. Struggling to stay awake, the call of the evolution sleep keeps growing stronger with every step that he takes. He bolts his bed to the floor and gets in. He manages to strap himself to the bed and holds his spear with both hands in the middle of his chest. At last, he closes his eyes and enters the evolution sleep, his legendary spear keeping guard over his body.
Up high, the Colossus, as if sensing that Zohn has entered the sleep, stops his struggle and embraces his. ¡°In a thousand years, we¡¯ll meet again, my dearest friend¡¡± the Colossus mumbles. The towering Colossus, measuring a kilometre tall, plummets towards the scarred ground. With a loud bang, like an exploding bomb, the Colossus impacts the ground. His body landing in the ravine that he just climbed out of, burying everything except the forest on his back and Zohn¡¯s house.
The forest shakes violently, but remains intact, as the Colossus impacts the ground. The Colossus¡¯ elemental essence protects the forest from disaster. Somewhere in the forest, near Zohn¡¯s house, a particular tree sways in the wind, almost sad, like it¡¯s waving goodbye.
Far away, Natine rises from her meditation. Next to her, in empty space, she hears a voice, ¡°Are you done?¡±. ¡°Yes, Elder brother.¡± She replies respectfully. ¡°This took faster than usual; did anything strange occur?¡± the voice asks curiously because of the sudden change. ¡°No¡ nothing strange occurred.¡± She answers with slight hesitation.
For a minute, silence ensues, then the voice speaks again, ¡°Okay then, return home, it¡¯s time to prepare for the next cycle of Ages. The next one is going to be extremely important and I won¡¯t allow for any mistakes.¡±. Cold sweat drips from Natine¡¯s back, as she releases a deep breath, ¡°At least he didn¡¯t notice anything, I couldn¡¯t have afforded him to notice my slight failure.¡±.
¡°It¡¯s strange, what could have stopped my power?¡± she wonders to herself. ¡°I didn¡¯t willingly stop my power, something destroyed it completely, but what could it have been? I¡¯m sure it wasn¡¯t one of my brothers or sisters, and there shouldn¡¯t be anything else that¡¯s capable of rivalling us in power. This is deeply unsettling, but I don¡¯t have time to investigate. I¡¯ll investigate it later, alone. I can¡¯t let anyone know of this failure.¡± She decides as she disappears into thin air.
(42) Take Off.
POV Narrator:
By the echo of the worldly clock, the cycle of Ages comes again. The tenacious humans and mighty beasts return to dust. The world resets and cycles again, crawling ever closer towards its ultimate goal; a secret only known by a select few. Soon, the end will come, and the path will be complete, but for now, the next Age starts again.
Piece by piece, the continents crumble. The endless ocean seeing an opportunity consumes all that it can. The world and its vast continents succumb to the roaring waves. Against the tides, the lonely mountain peaks hold their ground; strutting out of the endless oceans. The mountain peaks transform into islands; housing the last vestiges of dry, surface ground. Alas, only a handful of mountain peaks manage to stand strong.
From the crumbled crust enormous volcanic vents spew their toxic gasses. In huge pillars of gas, they rise from the ocean floor and linger on its surface. These toxic pockets litter the ocean and threaten to kill anyone who dares to enter them. In the sky, new floating islands rise, housing the Age¡¯s sentient races.
POV Achous Phantomwing:
¡°Ugh¡ Why does the sun seem especially bright today?¡± I can¡¯t help but groan as the incessant sun leaks through my withered cabin walls. With this unpleasant awakening, my vacation, if it can even be called that, has come to an end. My days of wandering through our bountiful forests end here.
Slowly, I sit up, my back aching in the process. Carefully, I unfurl and stretch my wings, barely managing to extend its four-meter length in this cramped cabin. It takes little time for me to prepare; a quick change into my work clothes and combing of my feathers takes five minutes. Throwing one last longing glance towards my bed, I open the creaky front door and step outside.
I¡¯m temporarily blinded by the sun, but I quickly adjust. Another sigh escapes as I observe my surroundings. A small tree sapling growing in the corner of my tiny garden breaths life to its dead surroundings. No vegetation usually survives this near the island¡¯s edge, that sapling is my pride and joy. Shame I probably won¡¯t ever see it grow¡
The life of an explorer is never easy, but I don¡¯t mind. It pays well, and I don¡¯t have any other options left. Today is the start of this year¡¯s exploration season. The winter has passed, and spring has just begun, making this the perfect time to explore. I¡¯m heading into my second year on this job, one of the rare few. Most die before their first season even ends, whether, by a freak storm or something else, it doesn¡¯t matter to me.
I probably won¡¯t survive this season, one day my luck will run out, but what choice do I have left? Although this job has a high mortality rate, many still apply. Some seek fame and glory, but most, like me, only seek to survive the next winter.This tale has been pilfered from Royal Road. If found on Amazon, kindly file a report.
Even though I don¡¯t particularly enjoy this job and I believe it will lead to my death, I understand its importance. Supplies are running dangerously low and it¡¯s of the utmost importance that we find another island, else we¡¯ll all die out like the other flying islands. Without the necessary minerals that we need to mine on those islands, we won¡¯t be able to survive the next couple of years.
The last island was found almost a hundred years ago, a time before I was born. The minerals we mined there have sustained us ever since, but the situation is getting desperate. Even if someone manages to find an island, we¡¯ll only have a month to prepare and three months to mine it.
The counsellors only have limited control over the island¡¯s trajectory, they can steer it in a limited direction but are unable to stop it. If someone manages to find an island, it¡¯ll take a month for the flying island to get near enough, for the short-range miners to fly towards it, and after three months we¡¯ll be too far for anyone to make the trip.
With these bleak thoughts in the back of my mind, I head towards the nearby launching platform. Most explorers live near the island¡¯s edge. It¡¯s the only place we can afford. Although, if one of us manage to find a new island, he¡¯ll have riches beyond his imagination. ¡°He-he¡ if.¡± A self-deprecating laugh warms my throat.
As I approach the stone platform, I spot the new group of rookie explorers straight out of basic training. Out of the group of several hundred explorers, only five percent are here for their second season, the rest probably died during the last season. Leading us is Fregar, one of the rare few who has managed to survive three seasons as an explorer.
I can see him making his way towards the front of the group. He stops in front and turns to face us. ¡°Listen up, I¡¯m only going to say this once! I assume you all know the importance of our mission, so I won¡¯t repeat it. This isn¡¯t basic training, if you make a mistake here, you will die. If you follow me and stay in a group, you might stand a chance at survival. Now line up and prepare for take-off!¡± Fregar delivers the exact same speech as last year¡¯s leader, hopefully, he won¡¯t die the same death.
After his command everyone scrambles to their place and form the flying formation; Fregar at the front, the rookies behind him and the rest at the back. This mission will require weeks of continues flying, if anyone is unable to keep up, they will be left behind. Only trained explorers can manage to fly for so long, anyone else would die from exhaustion after a week.
¡°Ready, take-off!¡± Fregar shouts his orders and runs off the platform. After a moment¡¯s hesitation the rookies runoff as well, followed by those in the back. As I jump off, the sun catches my golden feathered, outstretched wings. In front of us, stretches the endless blue ocean, looking as peaceful as ever, never showing a sign of the true dangers that it harbours.
I narrow my eyes, but I see nothing but blue water stretching over the horizon. In the back of my mind, I feel a soft prickling sensation, as if something is trying to warn me, but I¡¯m unable to pinpoint it. My eyes stay fixed on the horizon and a wild thought runs through my mind, ¡°This season is going to be very different from those before it.¡±.
(43) Night.
POV Achous Phantomwing:
The first day of flying has gone by without any difficulty. Most of the rookies were still jittery, but for the most part they¡¯ve calmed down. After a couple of hours of flying the most dangerous part of the expedition will start. The only thing that I can do now is steel my resolve and proceed forward with the mission.
As the hours tick by, Fregar delivers the dreaded orders, ¡°Everyone get into your formation unit!¡±. I expected these orders, but some of the rookies are shocked awake after the days¡¯ monotonous flying. Quickly we get into our preassigned groups.
Each group consists of a group of rookies and a second, or in some rare cases, a third-year explorer leading them. Because of the severe lack of returning explorers, if one ever decides to return for another year he¡¯s almost ensured a leadership position. In accordance with this policy, I¡¯ve been assigned as a group leader.
The group that the team leader, Fregar, is leading always contains the best performing graduate rookies and the most privileged rookies. Those rich people whose children are here to seek glory don¡¯t want their child to die, so they use their connections to place them with the team leader. Thus, leading to this type of group composition.
Me? I¡¯ve never performed well in the academy and my only real achievement is surviving last season. Even though I was the only one who survived in my last group¡ I shouldn¡¯t think back to that tragedy. The reason why the group leader is important is that he determines the fate of the group he¡¯s leading. If the group leader is inadequate, the group will probably meet tragedy and die God knows where. But, if the leader is exceptional then they might just have a chance at surviving.
My group is dispatched towards the south-south-east direction. Our mission is to perform a month-long exploration of the area; if nothing is found we are to report back to the flying island that¡¯s currently making its way here. The job sounds easy enough, but the seas and weather are unpredictable. I must keep a vigilant eye out, I would like to make it back to my sapling.
As I turn towards our designated direction my group forms up behind me. I turn back to look at them and my eyes linger on their youthful faces; smiling and laughing, without a worry in the world. They¡¯re too careless. Maybe, they trust me to keep them safe and warn them of any danger? I can¡¯t let them linger in this false sense of security.
¡°Listen up, your life is your own responsibility! If you don¡¯t make it back alive, then it¡¯s not my problem. Follow my orders and we¡¯ll get through this together, but first, stop playing around and keep looking for any dangers!¡±. After shouting my orders, they quickly quiet down, the playful atmosphere turns tense. It¡¯s best if it stays this way, we aren¡¯t here to have fun.
Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions.
A week passes without incident. The tense atmosphere has loosened considerably, but there¡¯s nothing that I can do about it. A full week without danger or incident gives me little persuasive power over the precarity of our situation. Maybe we¡¯ll make it through this whole ordeal without any casualties? Alas, I can¡¯t be too optimistic right now, we still have over two weeks left.
On the eve of the second week I finally spot something on the horizon that isn¡¯t just water. ¡°Sir, is that an island?¡± one of the nearby rookies asks excitedly. ¡°Of course not!¡± I retort, but I quickly real in my anger. ¡°If islands were that easy to find then I wouldn¡¯t be here for my second year.¡±. ¡°You idiot, that¡¯s a gas cloud. We learned about it in the academy.¡± Another rookie reprimands the poor kid. ¡°Quiet down, the night is approaching, and I don¡¯t want anyone to accidentally wander off,¡± I command, seeing the setting sun on the horizon.
After an hour flying, the sun has completely set. Tonight, is a moonless one, making it one of the most dangerous times in an expedition. Behind me, the light snoring of the rookies silently drifts through the air. We¡¯re specially trained to fly as we sleep, but still, how can they be so careless in this situation?
I turn to look behind me, then suddenly the night sky lights up as bright as day. Before I can move a muscle, five of the rookies fall from the sky. A split second later, an incomparably loud boom bursts into my ears. A rookie screams in fear but stops abruptly. Another flash of light almost blinds me, then another, even larger group of rookies fall from the sky.
I take two seconds to recover from the initial shock, but we¡¯ve already lost over half of the group. Without any further hesitation I shout my orders, ¡°Everyone, turn around and fly as fast as possible towards our rendezvous, don¡¯t fly in a group. Now, GO!¡±. Everyone looks at me shocked, but I don¡¯t dare stay any longer. I turn around and fly as fast as possible towards the rendezvous.
After a minute of flying the sky lights up again, I don¡¯t see anyone around me. I¡¯m the only one who¡¯s made it out. The sky lights up a second time, but I don¡¯t dare stop. Against my expectations, I¡¯m unable to flap my wings, what¡¯s going on? Unable to maintain my altitude, I plummet to the ocean; the smell of something burning fills my nose.
As I fall, my consciousness wavers. I¡¯m barely able to make out the ocean below. I squint my eyes and all I see is a black cloud below me. Is this the gas cloud? He-he looks like I was right. I won¡¯t make it home this season. Sorry, my dearest sapling, grow strong in my absence¡
(44) Mist.
POV Achous Phantomwing:
The world around me flashes past in a blur. My eyes struggle to remain open as I plummet towards the darkness below. Toxic gas fills my lungs, and then, for a mere second, I can breathe again. As soon as it came, my short moment of respite ends. With a last deathly grin, my consciousness fades as I plunge into the endless, unforgiving ocean below.
Only my lonely dreams keep me company in this last, frightful slumber. The cold ocean currents gently rocking me towards my final destination. Maybe, this is how it¡¯s all meant to end. Maybe, this is the plan that fate has in store for me since my birth. Well, I¡¯ll accept my destination, after all the wrong I¡¯ve done, it¡¯s what I deserve¡
As my body calms, the coldness gradually fades. With each passing second, the pressure around me becomes less. In my barely conscious state, I¡¯m unable to discern my surroundings. I¡¯m like a statue, completely paralyzed and almost without feeling. I can sense something guiding me towards safety, but that might just be my delusional hopes.
I¡¯m carefully caressed out of my deep slumber, by the sounds of what I can only assume, is wind brushing through tree leaves. With some effort, I barely manage to open my eyes. As I survey my surroundings, the sight shocks me to the core.
I¡¯m lying on a grassy plain, still half paralysed, with the sound of the ocean¡¯s waves serving as background music. All around me, a deep white mist lingers, obstructing my view. I¡¯m only able to see the ocean behind me because it¡¯s within a ten-meter radius of my surroundings. From what I can deduce, there¡¯s only one explanation of where I am¡ I¡¯m on an island!
Because I¡¯m still half-paralyzed, I¡¯m only able to see my immediate surroundings and I¡¯m still unable to move. Still, this has given me some time to think. The more I look, the stranger this island becomes. From all the islands that my people have visited before, from what I¡¯ve read, they were all either barren, rocky islands or inhospitable deserts unfit for life, but this place is different.
The grass around me reminds me of the public parks back home. The air feels cool and fresh and I can smell fresh foliage all around me. This place isn¡¯t a floating island, but it¡¯s able to sustain live successfully as if it was a floating island. I should feel excited about the discovery of a new island, but I can¡¯t shake my feeling of dread.
This miracle island, according to everything that I was taught in the academy, shouldn¡¯t exist. Yet, it does. The more I think about it, the stranger this all seems. I can only sigh at my strange fortune. I¡¯ve achieved the goal of finding an island, yet my whole team is dead, I have no idea where I am and everything about this island seems contrary to my peoples¡¯ previous knowledge.If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it.
¡°Calm down, calm down, just take this one step at a time,¡± I tell myself. This is currently my only option. I can feel the paralysis slowly wearing off. When I¡¯m able to walk, I¡¯ll try to explore the island, who knows what I¡¯ll find. The sky is dark all around me, so I can assume that it¡¯s still night, when the sun comes up in a couple of hours, then I can finally unlock this island¡¯s mysteries.
After waiting over five hours, the paralysis has finally worn off. The sun, strangely, still hasn¡¯t come up. I¡¯ll ignore it, for now. I¡¯ve waited around too long, and I should try to find some food or something. I¡¯m still too weak to fly, but I can walk. Maybe tomorrow, I¡¯ll be strong enough to fly away from this haunting place.
In one motion, I pick myself up from the ground and I manage to stand up. All around me, I don¡¯t hear the usual sounds chirping of birds or the natural sounds of forest creatures. The only perceivable sound is the eerie, cold winds brushing through the tall forest trees. This place is getting stranger by the minute¡
While taking a deep breath to gather my courage, I take my first step towards the unknown. The mist around me keeps visibility to a minimum, but I¡¯m at least barely able to make out the direction that I¡¯m going. The soft blue grass is moist and damp under my service boots and the air smells fresh. If I didn¡¯t know any better, I would assume this is paradise. Away from all the troubles and tribulations that haunts my life.
As I make my way through the mist, I spot my first tree. It¡¯s much larger than I expected, easily reaching over a hundred meters in height. It seems old, very old in fact, but that could just be my misconception, I¡¯m not a tree expert. Apart from the trees and the grass, I haven¡¯t seen any other forms of life, only still ponds and empty forests.
With each step, I travel further into the mist. I don¡¯t know how far I¡¯ve walked, but this island feels unending. Maybe I¡¯m truly alone here? I don¡¯t yet know if that¡¯s a good or bad thing¡ My only option is to keep forging ahead, still, I can¡¯t rule out any possibilities. This darkness is frustrating, I¡¯ve been walking for hours, but it¡¯s still dark as night.
After, what feels like, days of walking the mist still hasn¡¯t cleared. I¡¯ve found no other forms of life in this damned forest and I¡¯m starting to go a bit crazy. I keep getting this feeling that I¡¯m being followed, but every time I look, there¡¯s nothing there. I must leave this place soon, but I can¡¯t walk away from this place without discovering anything.
The feeling of being followed is growing stronger by the hour, I¡¯m on the brink of abandoning this place. Off in the distance, I hear a stream of water. I¡¯ll go there and rest, maybe the exhaustion and stress are driving me crazy?
As I approach the stream, the mist begins to thin out. As I look off, into the distance, my eyes widen in shock. The treetops around me begin to rustle with activity, but I ignore it. My eyes stay locked, on a strange fortress-like compound, in the distance of this impossible island.
(45) Mystery.
POV Achous Phantomwing
My eyes stay locked on the hazy outline, off in the distance. With that damned mist finally out of the way, I can finally try to see my surroundings. It is still dark all around me, like an eternal night lingering on way past its welcome.
I¡¯m struggling to properly discern the building''s shape, this heartless darkness only adding to my mounting frustrations. But, the mere outline of this unnatural structure, is enough to capture my complete attention. The world around me becomes meaningless as I divert all my attention towards this strange curiosity.
My eyes linger for a full minute, strangely drawn towards the building. As if commanded by fate, I start walking step by step, my service boots wading their way through the soft blue grass. The tall trees rustle in a chaotic manner, like excited children waiting to see something exciting. I continue to ignore my surrounding, only focusing on my destination.
In, what seems like the blink of an eye, I arrive within meters of the building. I¡¯m stunned by its size, with walls over ten meters tall and a large moat-like river running around it, the place feels like a genuine fortress. Smooth, seamless granite walls, akin to a single large block of granite, rather than a constructed wall, surrounds the structure. The only way past the moat is a single stone bridge two meters across.
Other than the large, looming front door there seems to be no other entrance into this place. I could try to climb the walls, but that seems impossible. I won¡¯t be able to get any handholds in this wall that¡¯s as smooth as a jade block. My wings are still slightly paralyzed, leaving flying in out of the question, but I can leave it as a backup plan when my wings eventually recover.
With slightly hesitant steps, I near the large door. As I approach, I study the door with increasing curiosity. The door seems to be composed of some unknown metal, that¡¯s emitting a faint glow, only adds to the mystery surrounding this structure. Within seconds, I¡¯m standing an arm¡¯s length away from the door.
My eyes study the intricate carvings covering every corner of the door. Each carving depicts colossal beings roaming an endless island. They slowly transition to a single lonely giant roaming on his own, then they all morph into a final carving situated in the very center. This carving depicts the lonely giant looking at the setting sun, but next to him another person stands. Looks like he wasn¡¯t fated to be alone forever...If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it.
This whole tale only further increases my already astronomical amount of questions. Well, there¡¯s only one thing I can do right now. I take two seconds to steel my resolve. As I release a deep breath, I knock on the door with all my might. The door doesn¡¯t even budge, seemingly akin to an immovable mountain. Unfortunately, the only thing that greets me is the echoes of an empty interior.
The forest starts to grow even more restless, I turn around and I finally realize the gravity of my current predicament. The mist around the structure makes it impossible to see anything, I¡¯m only able to hear the ruckus of the surrounding forest. The sound isn¡¯t what really scares me, but what it represents scares me.
Panic suddenly grips my body, rising from the primordial place that houses every animal¡¯s instinct. I knock again, using every ounce of my strength. Seeking refuge here is my only hope for survival. The seconds pass, but no one answers. The movement of the trees is only growing louder.
With the failure of the last knock, my last hope of salvation is dashed. A dispirited laugh escapes my mouth. Almost robotically, I turn to face the wall of mist, my face forming a hopeless frown. My knees buckle under my weight, giving up any resistance to this unknown threat. With my back leaning against the giant door, my heart feels empty.
Some may stand up, ready to fight whatever is approaching, but not me¡ I¡¯ve always been a coward. Some may wonder how I manage to be an explorer because of this, but that¡¯s only due to my desperate circumstances. Usually, people won¡¯t pin me as a coward, but the truth is, I¡¯ve only learned to hide it better than others.
My mind flashes with images of all the horrible creatures that could be lurking in the mist. With a last self-deprecating laugh, my head sinks into my knees. I close my eyes, waiting for the inevitable. My only wish is that it won¡¯t hurt or be over quick at least.
What foolish thought pushed me into exploring this island? Was it for fame or was it something else? Well, it doesn¡¯t matter now, everything will be over soon. It¡¯s not like I expected anything different, just surviving my first exploration mission was already a blessing most won¡¯t ever receive. To expect the same sort of luck for my second mission was a fool¡¯s dream.
Each passing second feels like an eternity. Slowly the passing seconds turn into minutes, eventually a full ten minutes pass. In disbelieve, I open my eyes, signs of dried tears still linger on my face. It¡¯s still dark around me but the noise has stopped, returning to its usual eerie silence. A happy laugh flows freely from my throat, looks like my time has not come!
¡°Seems like you¡¯re happy that those loud fellows have finally calmed down. Like, I can understand their excitement but there¡¯s no reason to be rude about it, right? Truth be told, even I was excited there at one point. Anyway, did you have a nice nap?¡± A voice next to me asks. I stand up in shock, quickly looking around me but there¡¯s no one else on the bridge or the ground in front of me!
(46) Aia.
POV Achous Phantomwing
Who was that? Are there other avians on this island? Maybe I¡¯m not as alone as I thought? A million question fly through my brain. The smile on my face fades. I¡¯m too much of a coward to be exploring this damned island. I should¡¯ve just stayed where I woke up and waited for my wings to heal.
My eyes dart around the surroundings, but I¡¯m still unable to see anyone around me. Maybe, the person is hiding in the mist? I close my eyes, trying to hear anyone in my surroundings.
¡°Hello, are you going to keep ignoring me?¡± The voice asks again, this time closer. I quickly scan my surroundings again, but I¡¯m again only met with the sight of blue grass and an endless mist. ¡°I¡¯m in the water you blind fool!¡± The voice shouts, seemingly annoyed.
Without waiting for a second, I rush towards the bridge and lean I over its railings. In front of my eyes, I see the most mystifying sight. Floating in the water, I see a strange humanoid creature, clad in a flowing green dress. A creature that¡¯s as large as me, but with no feathers or wings, only smooth skin. My eyes are drawn to its flowing, electric blue hair and pointed ears that adorn a feminine face.
¡°Are you done staring, it¡¯s rude.¡± She asks. ¡°What type of creature are you?!¡± I ask subconsciously, almost shouting, my eyes wide in shock. ¡°I¡¯m a spirit silly, isn¡¯t that obvious? The real question is what are you? You don¡¯t seem to be a newly born spirit, which means you came from outside. But, that should be impossible, no one ever comes from the outside¡¡± She replies, almost lost in her own thoughts.
With each word that she speaks, the frown on my face deepens. Just what is she talking about? ¡°Whoa! Slow down, I don¡¯t understand what you¡¯re talking about.¡± I say, trying to break her endless ramblings. ¡°Oh, sorry! I sometimes get lost in my own thoughts. Let me introduce myself, my name is Aia, nice to meet you. You are?¡± She introduces herself, a wide smile radiating from her flawless face.
¡°My name is Achous, I¡¯m an avian¡¡± I say, slightly shocked by this ¡®spirit¡¯ in front of me. Well, with everything that I¡¯ve witnessed today, I¡¯ve grown a bit numb.
¡°Achous, what a nice name. It¡¯ll be nice to see a new face her, it has been too long since the last spirit was born. Well, there really hasn¡¯t been a reason for any new spirits to be born, but it¡¯s still boring with the same group of people every day for the past centuries¡¡± She starts rambling. Why do I feel that this is going to be a reoccurring problem?The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation.
Wait, did she say centuries? How old is she? I¡¯ll ask her about age later, maybe they just count time differently? ¡°So, the movement in the mist was just other spirits?¡± I ask. Maybe, I was scared for nothing?
¡°Yes, those were the young tree spirits. They¡¯re just a couple hundred years old and still maturing, anything new gets them overly excited. But you can¡¯t blame them, no one has ever emerged from the fortress and I¡¯ve been guarding its moat-like river my whole life. They were hoping that you could maybe wake up whatever is inside, if anything, but seeing your failure, they¡¯ve grown bored.¡± Aia continues her rambling.
¡°No spirit knows what¡¯s in the fortress, well, except the Ancient, but I can¡¯t understand his riddles.¡± She concludes, a slight frown forming on her face. ¡°why haven¡¯t you tried to break the door down?¡± I ask. They¡¯ve had centuries, surely the structure isn¡¯t impenetrable?
¡°The door is just for decoration; the true defence of the structure is the unseen elements guarding it. If you had planned to attack the structure, then we wouldn¡¯t be having this conversation. But that isn¡¯t important now, I¡¯m just happy to have someone to talk to, no one wants to talk to me anymore. I wonder why?¡± Aia explains, an innocent expression on her face.
Looks like I was fortunate for not attacking the structure, who knows what would have happened? Still, this island is only growing stranger and stranger. I sigh, my eyes wander towards Aia¡¯s face. Her expression seems so innocent and joyful, life on this island must be peaceful.
A life here would be perfect, without needing to worry about your next meal. Without being outcast to the edge of a floating island. But, unfortunately, I need to go back to my people. I still have my duty as an explorer and a sapling to take care of¡
I harden my resolve and say, ¡°I can talk with you for a little longer, but when my wings eventually heal, later today, I¡¯m going to fly home.¡±. As I say this, her joyful expression suddenly becomes gloomy, then without warning turns into a strange panic.
¡°You can¡¯t leave!¡± Aia says, practically shouting. ¡°Why not!? Don¡¯t tell me, you¡¯re planning to keep me here against my will?¡± I ask accusingly, a shallow rage boiling from my heart. Slowly, I inch away from the bridge railing. I can see the panic on her face increasing, confirming my suspicion. I quickly turn, preparing to escape towards the shore, where I woke up.
¡°Wait, I¡¯m trying to save your life!¡± I hear Aia shout behind me. I stop. What does she mean by ¡®saving my life¡¯? I momentarily pause my escape plan, but I keep my distance. ¡°What do you mean?!¡± I ask, my suspicion increasing.
¡°I don¡¯t know how you¡¯ll die if you try to leave. When I was younger, I tried to leave this island, but the Ancient told me that whoever leaves this island will die before they make it out. The reason, from what I¡¯ve figured out, is somehow connected to perpetual darkness all around us.¡± Aia says, trying to explain herself.
¡°Fine, I¡¯ll believe you for now,¡± I say, but I don¡¯t trust her completely. Maybe, it¡¯s the coward inside of me talking, but I¡¯m unwilling to die an unnecessary death. ¡°Let¡¯s go see this ¡®Ancient¡¯ and let him explain to me why I¡¯m trapped here.¡±. I say, my expression growing grim.
(47) Contrast.
POV Achous Phantomwing
In front of me, Aia¡¯s panic fades away and it is quickly replaced by her usual, innocent smile. She seems a bit too happy, maybe I shouldn¡¯t have agreed so readily to her suggestion. Well, there¡¯s nothing else I can do besides risk certain death, so I¡¯ll follow her for now.
I make my way towards the small clearing in front of the bridge. From the moat-like river, Aia emerges. Her dress flutters, as if a subtle wind is blowing past her, but there is no wind around us. Probably just another one of her oddities.
The mist avoids Aia, as she walks towards me. ¡°I¡¯m part of the island, so it doesn¡¯t try to obscure my path.¡± She explains, but it doesn¡¯t clear anything up. ¡°What do you mean, is the island alive?¡± I enquire. The frown on my face seems to be a permanent expression, whenever I ask her questions.
¡°The island gave birth to me and all the other spirits, so how can it be dead?¡± She answers. I don¡¯t think that counts as an explanation, but the island being alive is the least of my worries right now. ¡°So, miss spirit, where does this ¡®Ancient¡¯ live, don¡¯t tell me he¡¯s another water spirit?¡± I ask, a little sarcasm escaping my lips.
¡°Don¡¯t worry silly, I¡¯ll take you to the Ancient. He¡¯s quite hard to miss, but you¡¯ll understand when you see him.¡± She reassures me, her smile, turning a bit sly. Without waiting further, Aia starts walking into the forest. Around her, plants make way. If I didn¡¯t know any better, I¡¯d swear the forest fears her.
With Aia next to me, the mist keeps its distance. Around me, I finally properly observe my surroundings. This island feels like a true paradise, with towering trees, a lush underbrush and a plethora of colourful flowers all around. I can only dream of ever planting such a majestic forest. Well, it¡¯s not like anyone planted this forest, right?
After five minutes of walking, Aia breaks the silence. ¡°These trees have been here for as long as I can remember, but the spirits inhabiting and protecting them have only been born recently. For the first three hundred years, it was only me and the Ancient inhabiting this island, but then the other spirits appeared. The Ancient says it¡¯s caused by increasing density of ¡®Elemental Essence¡¯ on the island, whatever that means.¡±.
Unable to hold my curiosity, I ask, ¡°Are you really so old? I find it hard to believe.¡±. ¡°What¡¯s so strange about it? I¡¯ve felt the seasons change hundreds of time. Why does my age matter, it only implies how long I''ve been alive and nothing else.¡± Aia replies, looking at me like I¡¯m the strange one here. ¡°Of course not!¡± I blurt out. Aia stops abruptly. ¡°Sorry about that,¡± I say, apologising.A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation.
I collect myself and try to explain, ¡°All living things, including myself, will grow old as the years go by. Age signifies how many years of your total life you''ve lived, that''s why it''s important¡±. A small frown forms on Aia¡¯s face as she tries to comprehend what I said. After a minute, in a small voice, she says, ¡°If you say so¡¡±. I don¡¯t think she understands what I said. Well, that¡¯s unimportant right now.
The silence between us resumes, but I¡¯m not intent on breaking it again. Let¡¯s just get to this ¡®Ancient¡¯ as fast as possible. After thirty minutes, Aia stops again. In one, smooth motions, she turns to me. With her usual, prominent smile, she says ¡°We¡¯re nearing the Ancient, I hope he¡¯s excited to see us! Come, we shouldn¡¯t let him wait, he¡¯s been so bored lately.¡±.
In less than a minutes¡¯ walk, we arrive at an enormous clearing. My eyes widen, filled with absolute astonishment. In front of me, a giant¡ wait, that doesn¡¯t justify it. A colossal tree stands firmly rooted in the ground. It¡¯s at least half a kilometre tall, I can only guess because I can¡¯t see the tree¡¯s top. I can only see a couple hundred meters up; the rest is shrouded in the eternal darkness hovering over the island. The tree''s base is wide enough to fit a city inside.
My lips quiver with slight hesitation as I speak, ¡°Is this the Ancient?¡±. ¡°What else could it be?¡± Aia replies, seemingly confused by my question. When will she understand that her common knowledge and mine don¡¯t match up?
Without hesitation, Aia walks through the field of blue grass, surrounding the ¡®Ancient¡¯. After walking a hundred meters, she stops and says energetic, ¡°He seems to be asleep¡ Don¡¯t worry I¡¯ll wake him up. You might want to close your ears; the other spirits usually complain whenever I do this.¡±.
Cover my ears? Before I can react, I hear an ear-piercing shout, ¡°PLEASE WAKE UP, WE HAVE A GUEST!¡±. My head flies into a daze and I stumble over onto my back; how can a person scream so loud, is this a form of attack? Before I can stand up, the ground starts to rumble. Is this island breaking apart? My eyes flash in terror, is this how I¡¯m going to die?
Aia quickly helps me up, the ground around is still violently shaking. With her smile growing wider by the second, she says, ¡°Why are you looking so scared, it¡¯s just the Ancient waking up.¡±. Waking up? Is there any difference between this and the world ending?
Before I can process what¡¯s happening, the sight in front of me blows my mind blank. The giant tree starts to bend over and from the dark sky, two hill-sized branches fly down. Akin to two giant arms, they impact the ground, creating another shockwave.
As if the sky is falling, the whole tree trunk bends over and hovers directly over us, with the two arms/branches, supporting it. From the sky, a deep, slow voice, like thunder, rumbles in my ears, ¡°Aia, my child, why did you wake me up? I was having the most peaceful dream¡¡±.
My mouth hangs open, unable to make a sound.
(48) Ancient.
POV Achous Phantomwing
I can feel my mind on the verge of collapse. Is this really a spirit? Compared to Aia, they¡¯re both so different. Well, they are the only spirits that I¡¯ve met, so I can¡¯t really judge. But, I can feel I¡¯m reaching my breaking point after today¡¯s events.
Seemingly ignoring my petrified expression, Aia converses with the Ancient, ¡°Sorry! I know how much you love your decade-long naps, but I have the most exciting news.¡±. ¡°Exciting news? Hmm, you aren¡¯t just trying to get me to play with you right?¡± The Ancients¡¯ voice rumbles lazily. He¡¯s probably still waking up.
Aia¡¯s expression flusters, in a high pitch voice, she releases a bombardment of words, ¡°I¡¯ve never done that! I wouldn¡¯t stoop so low as to wake you up for no reason!¡±. ¡°Hmm¡ It¡¯s alright child, I¡¯m not angry.¡± The Ancient replies. I don¡¯t think he believes her.
¡°I¡¯m not a child anymore! You can¡¯t keep treating me like one.¡± She says with a whimper, her eyes turning slightly tearful. She looks a bit pitiful. ¡°You¡¯ll always be a child of mine, dear Aia, no matter how old you are.¡± The Ancient replies, his thundering voice filled with gentleness and care.
This is getting out of hand¡ ¡°Hel¡ hello, uhm, Mr Ancient?¡± I manage to stutter out, my voice almost cracking under the stress. Despite my cowardly nature, I¡¯ve never had a problem speaking in front of people, but no one can blame me for being a little scared; let them try to speak to this mountain-sized monster.
¡°Oh! Sorry, I almost forgot.¡± Aia interjects, a bright smile on her face as if it never disappeared. With an adorable frown on her face, she says, ¡°The reason I came here is to introduce Achous, he accidentally stumbled onto the island and wants to go home.¡±. The earth shakes as the towering tree descends closer to the ground. Is he trying to get a closer look?
¡°Hmm,¡± the Ancient¡¯s voice rumbles. ¡°You don¡¯t belong here, boy.¡± The Ancient concludes after a minutes thought. Well, that¡¯s quite harsh, but he isn¡¯t wrong. ¡°I know, that¡¯s why I want to leave, but Aia said I¡¯d die if I did.¡± I agree. I just want to leave this damned place; I miss the sun¡¯s shine on my golden feathers.
¡°She¡¯s not wrong, you¡¯ll die if you try to leave. It¡¯s a miracle that you even made it here at all. It¡¯s probably thanks to the island.¡± He says. I can feel his eyes, hidden in the darkness above, staring at me, like it¡¯s trying to see into my very being. My eyes narrow in suspicion. A cold voice leaks from my throat, ¡°Are you saying, the island is the reason why I can¡¯t leave?!¡±.Support the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more.
¡°Ha-ha, no need to be angry, boy.¡± The Ancient voice rumbles again. Is he trying to mock me? ¡°You should be thankful instead; the island is the only reason any of us are alive. I¡¯ve been observing the island since its slumber; its kindness will never restrict anyone.¡±. Just what is he talking about?
The Ancient continues, his words growing stranger, ¡°Nothing happens without reason; your survival is just another example of the island¡¯s radiating kindness, even in its slumber.¡±. What nonsense is he spouting?! I¡¯m starting to get frustrated. With grinding teeth, I ask, ¡°Can you just tell me why I can¡¯t leave; if it¡¯s not the island, then what?¡±.
The Ancient speaks again, his voice a bit reminiscent, ¡°It¡¯s an old story, from a time when I just woke up from my previously muddle-headed existence; when the sky was still blue and filled with life. I can tell you if you want?¡±. Hopefully, I¡¯m not going to regret this, but if it provides some answers then I¡¯m willing. In a voice sounding a bit forced, I say, ¡°Sure, I would love to hear it.¡±.
Without waiting a moment after my reply, the Ancient starts speaking, ¡°When the shining light granted this island eternal warmth, the cold, dark ocean floor, grew angry at our happiness. In its rage, it released the earth¡¯s poison, locked beneath it. The endless poison rose from the ocean¡¯s floor in a column of black gas, blocking out the sun. It threatened to eradicate all of us, but it was stopped by the island. The island fought back, constructing a field of life around it, providing us shelter and heat. Unfortunately, once one leaves the barrier, then the poison will kill them.¡±.
Poisonous mist from the ocean¡¯s floor? Why does that sound familiar¡ Wait, I know! He¡¯s talking about the volcanic vents. Don¡¯t tell me I¡¯m currently on an island stuck in the middle of a volcanic vent¡¯s gas column!? This conclusion hits me like a brick wall. No wonder it¡¯s always dark here, the sunlight can¡¯t get through the gas. This also explains why no one has ever found this mysterious island; is my luck so bad?
A sudden realisation comes to mind and I blurt out, ¡°Wait, does that mean I¡¯m trapped here till I die!?¡±. ¡°Don¡¯t worry boy, there¡¯s always hope, you just have to be patient.¡± The Ancient says, trying to calm me, but it doesn¡¯t help, ¡°I can¡¯t wait for hundreds of years for some miracle, I¡¯ll die of old age way before then.¡±.
The Ancient¡¯s kind voice rumble again, ¡°I never said you have to wait hundreds of years. I can feel the island strengthening; soon the champion will awaken and lead us towards the light, but until then, you will need to show patience.¡±.
For ten minutes I stand in silence, my mind trying to process my current predicament. My eyes wander around the different trees and plants inhabiting the island, finally stopping on Aia. I take a deep breath and say, ¡°Fine, I¡¯ll exercise patience. This island isn¡¯t the worst place to be trapped.¡±.
Whenever this ¡®champion¡¯ appears, then I¡¯ll escape from this place. Hopefully, I can get away from here in a couple months else I won¡¯t be able to locate my flying island.
(49) Time.
POV Achous Phantomwing
I can somewhat accept my current predicament, I mean it could be worse. But now I have other issues to worry about. ¡°Uhm, Mr Ancient, if I¡¯m trapped on this island for an uncertain amount of time, where should I stay?¡± I ask. They can¡¯t be expecting me to survive alone in this wilderness, right?
¡°Don¡¯t worry boy, the island provides and protect, just don¡¯t anger the other island spirits. They are pure and kind children, but mischievous at times, it¡¯s better to avoid unnecessary troubles.¡± The Ancient says. Well, that¡¯s not helpful at all, but I¡¯ll keep his advice in mind.
¡°Little Aia, you should be getting back to your river; you know it¡¯s bad for a spirit to stay away from their source.¡± The Ancient continues, his kind voice rumbling in the sky. I look over at Aia and I notice the subtle shaking of her hands, it looks like she¡¯s at a sort of limit.
¡°I know, I just didn¡¯t want to leave Achous alone. He may be a silly being, but I can recognize the lonely glint in his eyes, maybe my company can help him, even if it¡¯s just by a little,¡± Aia replies, her innocent smile hiding no ulterior motives.
This pure motive leaves me flabbergast, do I deserve this level of kindness? I¡¯ve never been a saint nor a noble person. The vices of society have left its stains on me, but it¡¯s different here; full of purity and kindness. I guess I wasn¡¯t wrong when I thought this place to be paradise; in some respects, I was strangely accurate.
¡°Let¡¯s go back Aia, you¡¯ve done more than enough to help me. The last thing I want is to hurt you.¡± I say, a slight feeling of guilt blossoming in my heart. ¡°Child, hurry back, it¡¯s time for rest.¡± The Ancient urges her further, a yawn escaping between his words. I wonder who the one is that needs rest?
¡°Okay,¡± Aia says, agreeing without protest. Just how tired is she? My question is quickly answered on our way back. Just over ten minutes into the journey, Aia falls over. I rush to her, but she only seems to have fainted. I gently pick her up and continue the journey in silence, only my thoughts keep me company. This place isn¡¯t that bad. I won¡¯t mind spending some time here, this island is abundant with fruit and seemingly no predators, so I shouldn¡¯t have to worry about food or danger¡ Truly a paradise.
I arrive back at the fortress within twenty minutes, and I gently place Aia¡¯s body in the river. In the water, her body dissolves, like a clump dust being thrown into a bucket of water. What the hell?! After a minute, Aia emerges from the water like nothing¡¯s changed. ¡°Thank you for returning that part of me, it would have been extremely inconvenient to lose a part of myself.¡± She says, a bright smile on her face.
¡°What do you mean part?¡± I ask in confusion. ¡°That¡¯s a stupid question silly, I am the river and the river is me. I form my body from the river, but the other spirits aren¡¯t strong enough to do it yet.¡± She answers. Why does it feel like I¡¯m the one at fault here for not knowing that?
¡°Unfortunately, it drains a lot of energy, so I¡¯m unable to stay awake, but we can play again tomorrow,¡± Aia says, turning around and dissolving back into the river. I should go to sleep too. It doesn¡¯t look like it will rain, so I¡¯ll just sleep here on the ground; I¡¯ve slept in worse places before.If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.
I wake up early the next morning and eat my rations. My eyes scan the surroundings, the ground is soft and fertile and there are no trees in the area around the fortress, making it perfect for cultivating a garden. Deep down, I¡¯ve always had the dream to make my own garden, but I was unable to do it on the flying island. Now, there¡¯s no reason I can¡¯t and it¡¯s also a good way to pass the time.
I reach into my sack and take out a couple of flower seeds that I carried around for good luck. These seeds, combined with the variety of flowers on the island, should make a diverse garden full of colour and life. I look towards a small area near the bridge. This should be a good place to begin my garden project; I¡¯m slightly giddy just thinking about it.
I focus solely on my work, trying to divert my thoughts away from my home and the team members that I¡¯ve lost; I can¡¯t let my past define my happiness. After working for the better part of the day, Aia finally wakes from slumber. I talk with her until I¡¯m unable to stay awake; it¡¯s kind of nice not being alone anymore, even if my only source of company is a weird spirit.
My routine continues like this for a whole month. Slowly, the small area starts to take shape; the ground is properly flattened, and new flower buds are piercing through the ground. I stare at them in wonder, a wide smile covering my face. Finally, something I can take pride in! Well, this is only the beginning, I still have more ideas for expansion.
Slowly, the cultivated area of flowers expands as I continue to work daily. In the blink of an eye, a year passes. It sounds long, but without a proper night cycle, it¡¯s easy to lose time. The constant darkness doesn¡¯t bother me as much as it should, but I can¡¯t find the reason why it doesn¡¯t.
This past year, I¡¯ve made peace with my situation. Truthfully, I wouldn¡¯t mind spending my last days here, besides, even if I¡¯m suddenly free from this place, it would be almost impossible to find my home.
My eyes wander through the field of multi-coloured flowers filling every edge of the clearing in front of the fortress. Through the field, small stone paths run, separating the different flower beds. This is the result of a year of work, but there¡¯s still room for expansion. Thankfully, there¡¯s always something to do, else I wouldn¡¯t know how to pass my time.
I continue my routine, work in the field, converse with Aia and complete my daily chores. This continues day after day, week after week, month after month, year after year¡ In this manner, a full twenty years pass.
I look at my reflection, in the water. I¡¯ve barely grown older these past years and I¡¯ve only grown stronger; the only explanation I have for this is that the island is strengthening me for some reason. I don¡¯t know if this is fate or destiny, but I¡¯m not complaining. I should¡¯ve already had a couple of grey feathers, but I¡¯ve barely changed and any changes that I¡¯ve experienced seems to only be improvements.
Calmly, I stroll along with the stone paths, past the flower beds that I¡¯ve cultivated these past years. They cover every inch of the area surrounding the fortress. This, combined with the natural beauty of the fortress creates an imposing aura of majesty. This sight alone convinces me that these past years have not been a waste; if I were to die today, I would die content.
Eventually, I reach the bridge and I calmly walk next to the railings. Suddenly, the air grows turbulent. What¡¯s going on?! I see Aia''s head bobbing on the river¡¯s surface, her usual smile strangely gone. ¡°Aia, what¡¯s going on?!¡± I shout in panic. ¡°Can¡¯t you feel it in the surroundings; the gathering power? He¡¯s finally awake and the island is giving him a hero¡¯s welcome¡± She replies, her eyes holding a strange reverence in them.
Before I can comprehend what she just said, I hear metal screeching next to me. I turn in a fright and shout out in shock, ¡°What!?¡±. From the mysterious fortress, that¡¯s stayed dormant for god knows how long, the eight-meter tall front gate, slowly screeches open.
(50) Split.
POV Zohn
¡°Ugh,¡± I groan, my mind feels a little fuzzy. I rub my eyes, trying to get rid of my lingering need to sleep; maybe I should just go back to sleep, just five more minutes? It feels like I¡¯ve forgotten something¡ ¡°Ah!¡± I shout, suddenly realising what I was missing. No one can blame me for feeling a bit forgetful after nine hundred years of evolution slumber.
Right, how could I momentarily forget entering the evolution slumber? It feels like I was awake just yesterday, but a full nine hundred years have passed. Is this how Col feels each time? No wonder he seems unaffected each time, to him, it probably felt like no time had passed at all!
Well, I¡¯ve slept enough, it¡¯s time to get up. As I stand up from my bed, a status screen pops up in front of my vision.
| Evolution |
| Your race has evolved from Goliath to a unique race, Spirit Guardian Goliath. |
| Eternal Champion |
|
This special title grants the holder immortality while being near the designated companion. If the holder ever moves too far away from the companion, then the effects of the title cease to apply.
This special title allows the user perfect manipulation of the elemental essence created by the designated companion and allows free movement on and around the designated companion.
|
This evolution sleep is too strong! I didn¡¯t earn for these powers, they¡¯ve just been handed to me. No wonder Col strengthens himself so rapidly. Well, I won¡¯t complain about a free gift and these have their limitations. Besides, even without these extra powers, I¡¯d still protect Col with all my might, now it¡¯s just a little easier.
My eyes scan the room looking for my spear, but it¡¯s nowhere to be found. I¡¯m sure I went to sleep with it¡ ¡°Wait, it can¡¯t be.¡± I blurt out as a sudden realisation hits me. I close my eyes and try to concentrate on every part of my being.
Inside I sense a strange energy and I pull on it. As I open my eyes, I wonder at the object in my hands. In my hands, my spear rests, except its form has changed somewhat. Now, it looks like a piece of art, delicate to the touch. The spear has changed into crystal metal, made from some unknown energy; it feels as light as a feather but strong enough to shatter mountains.The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.
This evolution sleep, the gift that keeps on giving. I can¡¯t help but feel that there is more to this than a mere evolution sleep, but I can¡¯t be certain about anything. My clothes have withered considerably, a testament to the damages of time.
I might as well take full advantage of my newfound powers. In an instant, my clothes turn to dust; I better clean this up, else Col won¡¯t be happy when he wakes up and finds dust lying around. I manipulate the essence around me, willing it to form pure, almost impossibly white robes, around my body.
In front of a mirror, I observe my appearance; My robe, combined with the white beard hanging down my face, looks perfect. Now that I¡¯m properly dressed, I summon the spear to my hands and I use it as a walking staff as I roam my house. This place hasn¡¯t changed at all since I¡¯ve gone to sleep¡
Eventually, I reach the front gate. It¡¯s still securely locked. I wonder how Col¡¯s body looks right now? That reminds me, I can feel that Col is still undergoing his evolution. Mine probably ended earlier, but I don¡¯t mind waiting for him to finish. It¡¯s going to be lonely without him, but it won¡¯t be nearly as bad as last time.
I take a deep breath and unlock the gate. Suddenly, I feel the elemental essence of the island flowing around rapidly, what''s going on? Without further delay, I start to pull the huge gate, at over two meters taller than me, open. The gate gives a loud screech as I pull on it.
Damn this sound is irritating! This first thing on my priority list is to oil this gate¡¯s hinges, else I won¡¯t be able to handle this screeching sound. Slowly, the gate opens. Even with my strength, it¡¯s still a struggle to open this gate. Truly a testament to its strength; Col built me a proper home.
Finally, the door opens, and I¡¯m stunned by the sight in front of me. I was expecting a desert or a wild jungle around the house, but this is crazy! A field of flowers stretches out, surrounding my house. It looks like a celestial garden, did someone plant this? In front of me, on the bridge in front of my house, I spot a small creature, just two meters tall, with bird-like wings on his back. Was it him?
I¡¯ll ask him later, there¡¯s another problem I must solve first. I look at the darkness surrounding the island and I know it isn¡¯t natural, it should be day right now. I look the strange gas surrounding Col, if I didn¡¯t know any better, I would assume we were stuck underground. At least Col seems to be naturally driving the gas away, but it isn¡¯t enough.
Don¡¯t worry Col, I¡¯ll get the sunlight back. I take my spear into both hands and I gather the elemental essence around me into it. I can feel the spear filling up with power until it¡¯s full to the brim. In one swift motion I lift the spear up and I slam its back-end into the ground in front of me.
The gas in the sky splits open like an egg. All around the island, sunshine bombards everything with a wave of light. This is much better, but my job isn¡¯t done yet. I force the essence into the ocean below and towards the gas¡¯ source. I crystalize the remaining essence over the breach and seal it. That should hold for a while.
I take a sigh of victory, congratulating myself on a job well done. In the back of my mind, I can¡¯t help but feels like I¡¯ve done something I shouldn¡¯t have. Well, it doesn¡¯t matter, I¡¯ll protect Col, no matter what shows up.
Right, now onto the other business. I decide as I direct my gaze towards the strange bird creature, looking at me with his mouth hanging open and eyes as round as apples.
(51) Noticed.
POV Narrator
In the vast open sky, hovering between heaven and earth, Natine floats silently; her deep emerald eyes piercing through the veil of clouds covering the world below, revealing its every secret. Like a celestial goddess, an absolute power flows freely from her; suppressing her surroundings.
¡°How many years has it been since I¡¯ve begun my search?¡± She contemplates silently, a small frown forming on her perfect oval face. ¡°I¡¯ve looked through every part of the world countless times, yet I¡¯m unable to find anything. I refuse to give up; this whole matter is clearly not as black and white as it first seemed, but I¡¯ll get to the bottom of this mystery, one way or another.¡± She decides, a smile forming on her face, a hint of arrogance radiating from it.
On the planet below, from the endless oceans covering it, she feels a slight disturbance of elemental essence. Clearly powerful, but easily overlooked in comparison to the world around it. But Natine notices it; she¡¯s been looking for anything suspicious and this is akin to a lit flare lighting up the sky.
¡°This power, it feels familiar. It¡¯s somewhat like the power that I encountered all those years ago, but its strength is inferior by a whole level. Well, this is the best lead that I¡¯ve received in a long time, so it can¡¯t hurt to investigate further.¡± She mumbles to herself, firmly deciding on her course of actions.
Floating on the endless ocean¡¯s surface, a huge humanoid-shaped island rests calmly on the blue waters. Its surface is covered with a vast green forest, with occasional mountain ranges littered in between. On closer inspection, other oddities can be seen on the island. Like a giant tree easily ten times the height of the surrounding forest and a white granite fortress with a divine garden surrounding it.
On the fortress¡¯ bridge, Zohn¡¯s eyes focus on Achous, trying to peer into his very being. Realising the tense atmosphere, a warm smile form on Zohn¡¯s face, quickly reforming his usually calm, kind appearance.
¡°You, strange creature, it¡¯s rare for us to get visitors¡ Who are you?¡± Zohn asks, his eyes still focused on Achous; his eyes betraying the warm smile on his face. Achous¡¯ eyes flash with worry, he manages to stammer out a response, ¡°Uhm, my name is Achous, I was an explorer who got stuck here because of the fog.¡±.If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.
In complete silence, Zohn stares at Achous for a full minute. The worry in Achous¡¯ heart grows stronger with each passing second. After the minute, Zohn breaks the silence with another question, his expression unchanging, ¡°Did you plant this garden?¡±. ¡°Ye¡ yes,¡± He manages to reply, his legs shaking slightly, unsure if he¡¯s at fault here.
Suddenly, the smile on Zohn¡¯s face expands, his eyes turning friendly in the prosses. From Zohn¡¯s long white beard, he says ¡°Thank you for the hard work, it looks absolutely beautiful. I know how hard it is to plant flowers and trees and I can tell the effort that you put into this. It must have taken quite a while, truly, thank you.¡±.
Achous is momentarily dumbstruck by the sudden change, a single thought runs through his mind, ¡°He¡¯s suddenly thanking me so genuinely, he seems really attached to this place, is he the so-called ¡®champion?¡±.
¡°With that taken care of, on to the next person. You under the bridge, come out, hiding is pointless in front of me.¡± Zohn instructs calmly, his eyes still pointed at Achous. A small yip sounds from beneath the bridge. In a second, Aia¡¯s body forms in the water, carefully making its way towards the river bank and finally onto the bridge next to Achous.
Zohn stares at her intently for a few seconds before finally speaking, ¡°I can see the energy within you, you are a part of Col, unlike this winged fellow next to you; I can just imagine his expression when he wakes up and finds this¡ You and I aren¡¯t that different; were both parts of something much greater, but each with our own unique role.¡±.
Zohn lets out a happy sigh as he continues, ¡°This place has changed so much since I went to sleep, I can only imagine what the rest of it looks like; just the small precedent created here leaves me excited.¡± Zohn¡¯s face emanates happiness, like an old man finding a new hobby.
¡°How rude of me, dear being, what¡¯s your name?¡± Zohn asks, his voice filled with love and care. ¡°My name is Aia, it''s nice to meet you, great champi¡¡± Before she can finish her introduction, Zohn suddenly looks up towards the sky.
Zohn¡¯s expression undergoes a rapid transformation, seemingly reform from a kind smile to a deep glare. ¡°Sorry, dear child, we seem to have an uninvited guest,¡± Zohn says, his gaze still fixed to the empty sky. ¡°What guest?¡± Aia asks innocently, but before anyone answers her, an overwhelming power suddenly pushes down on the island.
¡°That would be me,¡± a voice suddenly answers. In the sky, Natine floats, her overwhelming presence radiating on the land below. ¡°How strange, how come I¡¯ve never noticed this place before?¡± She ponders as she observes the strange island below. The most shocking thing to her is that she can¡¯t sense the island below. If she wasn¡¯t personally observing it with her own eyes, then she wouldn¡¯t have believed that there was an island here.
As quickly as it came, the pressure vanishes; Zohn¡¯s power pushing back against it. With his eyes keenly locked onto Natine¡¯s floating figure, Zohn roars in a voice filled with anger and hate, ¡°Just who might you be to come here and try to harm Col?!¡±.
(52) Will.
POV Narrator:
In the air, a stifling silence lingers. Zohn scowls at Natine, his expression radiating absolute hostility. In a rumbling, rough voice he bellows, ¡°How dare you! I have guarded Col for over a millennium; through thick or thin, I never faltered. Hell, I watched an Age¡¯s demise by his side! Now you arrive unannounced and test my resolve?! WELL, LET ME SHOW YOU!¡±.
Around Zohn, the air fluctuates. In his wrinkled hands, he grips his spear, his eyes shining a menacing light, ¡°Day and night, through untold years, I trained for this one purpose; let me give you a taste.¡±. Zohn plants his spear¡¯s back end in the ground, a deafening sound reverberates through the island. From the surroundings, a silvery light cascade down on his noble figure, coating him with divine lustre.
In the air, Natine stares in bewilderment. ¡°What is this place?!¡± she shouts internally. A frown condenses on her perfect forehead, a hundred thoughts flowing through her mind, ¡°This power¡ There¡¯s no doubt, this is what destroyed my storm.¡±.
The frown deepens as she contemplates, ¡°Now the true mystery is, what is he? It is unprecedented for a mortal to harbour such strength, this was never mentioned in the designs! This person and the weird island that he¡¯s protecting smells of a deeper conspiracy. Wait, if what he¡¯s said is true; is he even a mortal? This is deeply troubling.¡±.
Her expression grows resolute as she decides, ¡°This mystery can be put aside for now. First, I must deal with him, the power that he¡¯s accumulating must be stopped, I can¡¯t take any chances. His reaction seems unfounded; why does he even care so much for a mere, albeit strange, island? I never harmed this place, it was just my radiating presence that touched it. Well, it doesn¡¯t matter, I¡¯ll pry out all the answers when I capture him; No one has dared threaten a God and I¡¯ll show him why¡±.
Around Natine, elemental essence gathers, her power finally revealing itself. The air rumbles as the two powers clash in a frightening display of might. Any bystanders have long since evacuated to a safe distance; observing the battle from afar. Steadily, Zohn¡¯s power is pushed back; inch by inch, Natine advances. Her face flashing with a grin.
On the ground, Zohn¡¯s expression remains unwavering. As he studies Natine¡¯s floating figure, he gives a small nod and speaks, ¡°Looks like this isn¡¯t a battle where I can hold back, let''s see whose will is stronger.¡±.
On cue, Zohn takes a step forward. From Col, his power flows rapidly, augmenting Zohn¡¯s strength. The silvery light around Zohn brightens with intensity, coating every cell of his being. Zohn takes another step, his feet leaving the ground. He takes another step, the silvery light following him as he rises higher and higher.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it.
Gradually on his ascent-like ascension, Zohn transforms. Piece by piece, his body turns ethereal; the silvery light fusing with him. His whole-body glows, akin to a divine spirit. On his face, Zohn''s eyes turn tranquil, a serene expression lining his aged features. Suddenly, from his floating figure, a new type of elemental essence gushes forth in a torrent, its might overwhelming Natine.
With gentle eyes, Zohn studies his spear; his mind reminiscing about the past. Slowly, he looks up. In a voice filled with longing, he says, ¡°Long ago¡ So, very long ago¡ I made a promise to Col, that kind fool; I swore to follow him for all of time, that we¡¯ll never separate. Now, I¡¯m finally fulfilling my promise.¡±.
With a final step, he hovers directly in front of Natine. Her mouth hangs agape in shock; her body unmoving, unable to process the chain of events. In an aged voice, Zohn continues, ¡°Each the side of a coin, we form a whole; now we are one, an eternal bond realised in full. Never shall loneliness haunt our dreams, for our wills are united.¡±.
He raises his arm, pointing his spear towards Natine. In a tone demanding respect, he commands, ¡°Begone stranger, you are not welcome.¡±. From his every syllable, an unending amount of spirit-like essence floods forth. The pressure around him radiates with new found ferocity.
Fear flashes in Natine¡¯s eyes, her mind unable to accept the outcome. In a daze, she quickly leaves; Zohn¡¯s power driving her off. In a stupor, she decides, ¡°I must report this to the others. Just what horrifying secret have I stumbled upon¡¡±. In a blink, she disappears from the sky.
In the air, Zohn¡¯s gaze remains fixed on the sky. Slowly, he descends to the ground, touching down in the middle of the garden. The light around him fades, revealing his pure white robes and flowing beard. His gaze drifts past his surroundings, his eyes containing unwavering care; speaking a thousand unsaid words.
From the tree line, Achous studies Zohn¡¯s figure in full. In deep thought, he says to himself, ¡°I¡¯m but an ant, blind to the bigger truth; this small glimpse is already beyond me. Just what is this champion? He¡¯s at least two times my height, able to fly without wings and harbours god-like powers. He protected us without being asked, seemingly untainted by evil or cruelty; does such a benevolent ruler truly exist?¡±.
Suddenly, Zohn says, ¡°Aia, can you please show me around the island? I would like to have a proper look around.¡±. From the river, Aia emerges, her body turning shy at Zohn¡¯s presence. ¡°Ye¡ yes, Mr champion,¡± she replies.
Zohn releases a sigh, his mind still deep in thought, ¡°This is not the end, this is only the beginning of a much bigger storm. In the past, we managed to keep a low profile, but now they have taken notice. Don¡¯t worry Col, I¡¯m still here to keep watch. So, rest easy and leave your burdens to me.¡±.
(53) Intrigue.
POV Narrator:
Beyond the world below, past the clouds and away from the mortal eye, a mysterious place rests. There, in a room brimming with divine lustre, Natine stands seemingly alone. Her eyes harbour a subtle reverence. On her face, a confused expression rests.
From the light, a voice flows down, ¡°Natine, my little sister, what brings you here? Your next report isn¡¯t due for a hundred years, this is out of character.¡±. Natine¡¯s face flashes with slight hesitation, but she steels her resolve. In a slightly quivering but demanding voice, she says, ¡°Sir, there¡¯s something I must desperately report, but please reign your anger until I¡¯m done.¡±.
A low grunt echoes from the light, agreeing with her request. Natine takes a deep breath and begins her recount, ¡°In the previous cycle, when I was completing my assignment with Erath, I encountered something strange. Back then, something managed to destroy my storm in its entirety. I know I should have reported this, but I couldn¡¯t bear the insult.¡±.
Natine clenches her teeth, anger boiling from her very soul. With her head lowered, she continues, ¡°Unfortunately, the story gets worse. I was unable to find the culprit and I vowed to never stop searching until I did. Earlier today, I managed to detect the same energy, like the one that had destroyed my storm. When I arrived at the source, I found something strange; An island that I couldn¡¯t detect and an impossible being guarding it. He managed to fight me off with ease¡¡±.
Natine looks up, her face harbouring uncertainty. In a confused tone, she asks, ¡°Sir, just what is going on? The designs give us direction, guiding our duty¡ but, this island¡ it doesn¡¯t align with them. The strength he has and the strange elemental essence he controls, none of it makes sense!¡±. From the light, a deep sigh flows forth.
The voice says, ¡°From our birth, the designs have guided us. They are finally nearing completion and soon our lifelong effort will come to fruition. You know how important this final cycle is to us; With its completion, unity will form, and the balance will reign eternally. What you¡¯ve reported is deeply troubling, but none can stand in our way.¡±.
A wide smile forms on Natine¡¯s face. From the light, the voice commands, ¡°Go prepare Natine, gather your power, in a year we will attack. If it can withstand the power of a god, then let¡¯s see how it will content will all the gods¡¯ power.¡±. Natine quickly leaves, her eye brimming with excitement. In the light, a low whisper sounds, ¡°We¡¯re so close; the truth is at our fingertips, then we¡¯ll finally know what the system is and the designs that it holds within.¡±.The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.
On the island, with an excited Aia in the lead, Zohn walks past the countless trees covering every inch of the ground. With a slight smile beneath his long, white beard, he reminisces, ¡°They¡¯ve grown up so well. I can remember planting each and every one of them; from small saplings to tall trees, I saw them grow, but now they¡¯ve truly taken on a life of their own.¡±.
Zohn stops and places his hand on one of the trees, in a soft voice, he mumbles, ¡°There¡¯s truly a young spirit in each tree. I can feel my connection to them; they are as much a part of Col as I am. Their birth has something to do with Col, but I can¡¯t help but feel that there¡¯s a greater purpose connected to them¡ Well, the answer will arrive when Col awakens.¡±.
A small distance away, Aia shouts at Zohn, ¡°Hey, don¡¯t fall behind! You¡¯re going to love the Ancient, I bet he¡¯s so excited to see you.¡±. Zohn gently takes his hand off the tree and looks towards Aia¡¯s distant figure, in a voice only he can hear, he says, ¡°Sometimes I miss the peace and quiet around here.¡±. Aia shouts again, ¡°Come, he¡¯s just around the corner!¡±. In an unhurried manner, Zohn stands up and follows her.
Within a minute, they reach the Ancient. In front of the towering tree, Zohn stands. In proportion, he¡¯s no different than an ant compared to the Ancient, but his gaze is as calm as a lake. Zohn suddenly freezes as he studies the Ancient, his mouth hanging open slightly in realisation.
Zohn says to himself, ¡°I remember this tree, it¡¯s the first tree that I planted¡ No wonder it grew so tall, but that can¡¯t be the only reason.¡±. From the sky, the Ancient¡¯s voice rumbles down, ¡°Greetings champion Zohn, I¡¯m honoured to finally meet you. The island, in its slumber, has told us so much about you.¡±.
In shock, Zohn asks, ¡°Wait, you can talk to Col?!¡±. The Ancient replies calmly, ¡°Unfortunately, we can¡¯t talk with the island, but we can share its dreams. We¡¯ve seen so much about the world, even in our seclusion. All that you¡¯ve done for us will never be forgotten. So, from all the spirits inhabiting the island, thank you!¡±.
On his way back from the Ancient, Zohn¡¯s thoughts wander, ¡°What a strange tree, I can feel the gentleness and care in his words, but he gives me an odd feeling. He¡¯s like the other forest spirits, but there¡¯s something more about him that I can¡¯t understand. I¡¯ve lived for so many years, but the world still manages to amaze me.¡±.
Zohn arrives at the garden, his gaze wandering through its bright flowers and beautiful design. With a resolute expression, he decides, ¡°There¡¯s still one person whom I must properly thank, I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll be happy with my proposal.¡±.
At a corner of the garden, attending to some newly planted flowers, Achous works diligently. Next to him, Zohn arrives like a phantom, seemingly appearing from thin air. In a calm voice, Zohn asks, ¡°Achous, I¡¯ve heard your story from Aia and I can see the care you show towards this island and the spirits on it. As a reward and as personal thanks from me for planting this garden, would you like to go home?¡±.
(54) Home.
POV Narrator
¡°Really?! I can go home?¡± Achous shouts in sudden excitement. However, his jovial mood becomes sombre in an instant. In his mind, a looming question rings loud and clear, ¡°Do I still want to return home?¡±.
In the surroundings, a gentle breeze gently caresses the sea of flowers. Contrary to this serenity, Achous¡¯s mind is filled with uncertainty. His face stares blank at Zohn¡¯s towering figure; indecisiveness clouding his heart, ¡°This island has become my new home, but I have to make sure that everything is still alright over there.¡±.
A small frown forms on his face. In a soft voice, he asks, ¡°I would like to visit it, but this place is my new home. If I go, can I still return to this island?¡±. A gentle smile hides between Zohn¡¯s white beard. ¡°Certainly, but if you plan to return, I urge you to do so within a year¡¯s time. I can feel a change in the air and nothing is for certain.¡±.
Confusion covers Achous'' thoughts, but before he can inquire further, Zohn continues, ¡°Directly east, I can sense a floating island, whether it¡¯s yours remains uncertain. At your flight speed, you¡¯ll be able to reach it in a couple months¡¯ time. What you plan to do with this information is not for me to decide¡±. Without warning, Zohn dissipates into thin air.
The gentle breeze passes by the motionless, winged figure. Achous eyes wander through the sea of flowers. In his mind, an unfamiliar decisiveness comes to bear. His expression hardens. He knows what must be done, but a strange melancholy still blooms deep within.
From a distance, Zohn observes Achous¡¯s departing figure. A long sigh flows freely from his lips. Zohn¡¯s face seems to age ten years, his determined expression faltering; speaking to no one in particular, he says, ¡°I¡¯ve always envied your boundless optimism, old friend. For the longest time, I¡¯ve strived to preserve it; to keep you pure from the world¡¯s corruption¡¡±.
Zohn¡¯s expression turns crestfallen, ¡°Old friend¡ I fear I won¡¯t be enough anymore. Something¡¯s warning me about what¡¯s coming, and it scares me. I can feel it. In a year¡¯s time, they will come¡ I¡¯m sorry old friend, I¡¯ve failed you. I know what must be done, but can you forgive me afterwards?¡±. Zohn lifts his eyes to the skies, but his only reply is the wind¡¯s gentle touch. Slowly, he closes his eyes and fades into nothingness.
In the skies over the endless blue ocean, Achous¡¯ outstretched figure hovers with ease. He thinks to himself, ¡°I should be coming close to it by now. These past months have been smooth sailing, usually, I wouldn¡¯t have been able to travel at my current pace, but I¡¯ve grown visibly stronger on the island.¡±.Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work!
Over the horizon, Achous spots the island¡¯s floating mass. He says in wonder, ¡°It¡¯s really the same island! I can easily recognise it.¡±. Carefully, he approaches the island. With his figure hidden in the clouds, he observes it carefully. A deep frown carves itself on his face.
On the island below, no movement can be seen. Everything¡¯s withered and not a scrap of life can be found. As he flies closer, the situation becomes clear. In a hollow voice, Achous says, ¡°Our time has run out, the winters finally caught up.¡±. Without taking a second look, Achous turns around and starts flying back.
Achous¡¯ heart, beats cold as gathers his thoughts, ¡°I can¡¯t say that this outcome wasn¡¯t unexpected. I¡¯ve witnessed the true darkness of our society and only through my cowardly nature did I manage to survive it. I don¡¯t feel sad or angry at what¡¯s transpired, only thankful that I managed to survive extinction. It¡¯s a fitting end to a broken people¡¡±.
On his motionless face, a silent tear rolls down. ¡°I can only look towards the future. Maybe¡ Maybe if I only came back earlier then¡ No! There¡¯s nothing that I could¡¯ve done¡¡± Achous¡¯ heart fills with guilt, but he doesn¡¯t turn back, he knows that the past can¡¯t be changed, not in this cruel world at least.
On the island, Zohn observes Achous¡¯ approaching figure. As Achous arrives, he flies directly towards the field of flowers. There, he crouches down and silently observes each of the colourful flowers. He doesn¡¯t say anything, but his actions speak louder than words.
Zohn doesn¡¯t disturb him. ¡°Looks like my fear has been confirmed.¡± Zohn concludes grimly, ¡°Everything has sped up and the luxury of time has become unaffordable.¡±.
Zohn forms his spear in his hands and studies it intently. His mind wanders back to the past, ¡°This vicious cycle of civilisations has never made any sense to me. It destroys and creates without remorse. It doesn¡¯t seem to bother Col, but I don¡¯t think he really understands the implication; it¡¯s probably for the best.¡±.
Zohn sighs as he continues, ¡°I¡¯ve always been detached from the world. Sure, I help people sometimes, but its more out of convenience than kindness. I can continue to ignore the genocide of the world around me, but will this cycle ever end? I¡¯ve lived too long and seen too much, but as long as Col is around, I don¡¯t mind facing the world and all its horrors.¡±.
Zohn steels his determination and says to himself, ¡°I can no longer stay idle and preparations must be made. Unfortunately, this may be the only way towards salvation. Whatever the outcome, I¡¯ll stay by your side forever, old friend.¡±.
By the flowers, Aia calmly approaches Achous¡¯ silent figure. Without stopping, she envelopes Achous into a hug and says, ¡°It¡¯s alright Achous, don¡¯t lock your emotions away. I¡¯m right here, so don¡¯t be lonely.¡±. Achous suddenly hugs Aia tightly. From his eyes, countless tears flow and in a grieving voice, he says, ¡°It¡¯s all my fault, if I had only been less of a coward, then I maybe could have gone back and saved everyone!¡±.
On Aia¡¯s face, her usual smile rests and she says, ¡°You still have me, so you don¡¯t have to be sad.¡±. In a soft voice that¡¯s barely audible, Achous replies through his tears, ¡°Thank you.¡±.
(55) Broken Vow.
POV Narrator:
The last months go by, one at a time, an invisible tension slowly settling into the world¡¯s surroundings. Gradually, a full year has come and gone since Zohn¡¯s timely awakening. A sense of expectation permeates the air, unbeknown to those below.
In the island¡¯s surroundings, beyond the sight of mortal eyes, the Gods gather in their full numbers. Their mere presence disturbing the surrounding space. Each of their aura¡¯s unique from one another. In absolute silence, they hover in the air, seemingly waiting for some signal.
On the island below, Zohn¡¯s robed figure stands motionless; his face betraying any emotion. ¡°Seems like I wasn¡¯t being paranoid, they¡¯ve really arrived. A full year has passed since then, but haven''t wasted the time they¡¯ve provided to me. My preparations are complete, but I pray they aren¡¯t needed. I¡¯ve prepared all I can, but nothing is for granted. I¡¯ll fight until my last breath Col, whether I win or lose, it doesn¡¯t matter.¡± Zohn¡¯s thoughts turn resolute.
In a powerful tone, Zohn commands, ¡°Achous, go and take shelter in my home. The eve of battle nears, and I won¡¯t necessarily be able to protect everyone.¡±. Zohn doesn¡¯t turn his face, as he commands Achous; his gaze remains fixed on the sky surrounding the island.
In the sky, a voice, originating from nowhere, breaks the absolute silence surrounding the Gods, ¡°Erath, go and destroy the island below. You don¡¯t need to hold back, make sure nothing remains intact.¡±.
Among the other motionless Gods, Erath¡¯s dull eyes light up like miniature suns. A terrifying smile spreads across his broad face. Without delay, he shouts in excitement, ¡°Finally, I can properly unleash my powers. This is going to be a magnificent prelude to my Age of fire and destruction.¡±.
A hushed snicker follows Erath¡¯s bold declaration, but he ignores it. Erath moves closer towards the island, a mere kilometre away. He quickly moulds the power that he has gathered this past year; in front of him, a giant ball of fire grows into existence, it¡¯s size dwarfing everything in the surroundings. With a mighty push, it flies directly towards the island below.
Zohn¡¯s gaze locks onto the approaching ball of fire, a deep frown carves itself into his forehead. ¡°Is this really their level of attacking power?¡± he wonders, somewhat baffled. In his hands, his spear takes form, a strange power radiating from it. Almost effortlessly, Zohn shoots towards the ball of fire, spear in hand. On approach, Zohn¡¯s ethereal from appears again. Strangely, no golden shield appears to defend Col.The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.
A mere grain of sand, compared to the ball of fire¡¯s looming size, Zohn attacks. Zohn¡¯s spirit essence erupts as he collides with the ball of fire. Followed by a deafening boom, the ball of fire implodes. Out of thin air, Zohn reappears on the island, looking no different than before.
In the sky, Erath¡¯s eyes widen in shock, his mouth slightly hanging open. Fury erupts in Erath¡¯s heart as he shouts, ¡°That was merely a warmup, let''s see how you handle my next attack!¡±. ¡°Enough, Erath; return.¡± A voice calmly commands. A thought of protest flashes in Erath¡¯s mind, but he quickly suppresses it; not even he¡¯s mad enough to disobey an order from him.
Among the Gods, the voice sounds again, ¡°The probing has gone as expected. This proves that we can¡¯t let that being remain alive any longer, else he might interfere with the designs. It¡¯s pointless to send someone else, so we¡¯ll end this in one attack. Everyone, lend me your power!¡±.
As he commands, the voice contemplates, ¡°I still can¡¯t understand why this being is so powerful, we¡¯ve deliberately made it close to impossible for any being to be able to reach anything near this level of power. Furthermore, this being managed to survive the cycle of ages, it should be physically impossible! One unexplainable mystery after another¡ Soon I¡¯ll have my answers and order will be restored.¡±.
In the sky, a shocking amount of elemental essence gathers. Unified by a single entity, the different elements of elemental essences combine into one horrifying attack. Around it, the air fluctuates, and space distorts; the power reaching an unprecedented peak.
On the island, Zohn¡¯s expression turns grim, he knows that he won¡¯t be able to stop this attack. A low whisper escapes his mouth, ¡°I¡¯m sorry Col, I hope you¡¯ll understand... eventually¡±. Silently, Zohn¡¯s figure fades into thin air and reappears within his courtyard. A long sigh escapes Zohn¡¯s throat, but his expression remains resolute.
A serene expression covers Zohn¡¯s aged face. In the sky, he can feel their attack¡¯s power increasing, but his expression remains serene. From Zohn, a wave of elemental essence floods into the floor below, draining Zohn completely. ¡°I¡¯ve broken my vow. I couldn¡¯t protect you Col; now, there¡¯s only one thing left for me to do¡ I hope we¡¯ll meet again Col, my dearest companion.¡± Zohn says weakly as he collapses on the granite floor.
In the sky, the Gods stare in awe at the gathering Elemental essence. One of them subconsciously blurts out, ¡°Nothing will be able to withstand this, not even us. In five minutes, nothing will be left of the island below and the strange being protecting it.¡±. Suddenly, their attention turns towards a sound below. Akin to a loud roar, it fills the surroundings, stunning everyone. Bewilderment fills a God¡¯s mind as he asks in shock, ¡°What was that?!¡±.
Down below, the ocean shakes violently; enormous waves crash into each other with terrifying force. Like an enormous sea behemoth lurking beneath the ocean, a deep, dark shadow lifts from the ocean floor. Suddenly, a booming, rumbling voice crack through the air, ¡°What a nice nap.¡±.
(56) Pain.
POV Narrator
The tsunami-sized waves crash and tumble into each other, like terrified insects fleeing for their minuscule lives. In the bottomless ocean, the dark shadow grows exponentially larger. The Gods¡¯ expressions widen in disbelief; an unexplainable sight developing before their shining eyes.
Like a peerless mountain growing from the ocean¡¯s depths, the Colossus rises to his full size. Around his waist, clouds linger like a white belt. A green forest covers his whole back, seemingly unaffected by the sudden change in orientation. Towering above the other trees, to the same height as the Colossus¡¯ head, an unusually large tree rests on his shoulder.
Cries of shock fill the group of Gods. They¡¯ve always been in control and knew about everything of the world, but the Colossus¡¯ sudden appearance shakes them to the core. Outside Zohn¡¯s house, unable to stay hidden with the island¡¯s violent rumbling, Achous stands rooted, his legs shaking with fear.
Towering ten kilometres into the sky, the Colossus curiously observes his surroundings, a thought running through his mind, ¡°Well, this is a first; how did I wake up in the ocean, didn¡¯t I go to sleep on land?¡±. In front of him, a status screen appears.
| Evolution Status |
| Complete. |
| Evolution |
| Growth, 9000 meters. Total height,10 000 meters.
Personal gravity and atmosphere composition acquired.
Spirit essence generationacquired.
Improved durability and stability. |
| Name: |
??Col |
| Race: |
??Primordial Elemental |
| Titles: |
??Primordial, Earth Shaper, Ocean Treader,
Volcanic master,Storm Titan |
| Unique Trait: |
??Colossal Dream |
The Colossus¡¯ eyes widen in excitement, ¡°Zohn is going to love these new powers. He was extremely interested last time I told him about the evolution powers.¡±. Unmoved by his new powers, the Colossus calls out energetically, ¡°Zohn, where are you? I¡¯ve got a surprise, which you might want to hear.¡±.
The Colossus¡¯ voice rumbles through the air, but no one replies. The Colossus waits a few seconds, confused by the silence. From the sky, the voice commands, ¡°Attack!¡±. The ball of essence launches itself straight towards the Colossus¡¯ towering figure.This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version.
The Colossus observes the approaching attack. Unable to understand the situation, he calls out again, ¡°Zohn, what¡¯s going on?¡±. Unfortunately, silence is his only answer. Instinctively, he raises his right hand towards the approaching attack. With a deafening rumble, they both collide; the shockwave forces him a step back, the earth rumbling under his enormous weight.
His granite brows tighten into a deep frown. He slowly lifts his right hand, an unfamiliar feeling of pain, pulsating from its broken surface. Time seems to slow down around the Colossus, a deathly silence enveloping the world. He looks towards the giant tree on his shoulder and asks robotically, ¡°Jeffery, where¡¯s Zohn?¡±. The tree, with one of its branches, gloomily points towards Zohn¡¯s courtyard.
The Colossus¡¯ eyes focus on Zohn¡¯s house, ignoring the trembling avian. In the centre of the courtyard, Zohn¡¯s aged body lays motionless, a small tearstain adorns his wrinkled brows. The Colossus shouts in panic, ¡°Zohn, wake up!¡±. The goliath remains motionless.
Unseen rage corrupts the Colossus¡¯, kind heart. His gaze, overflowing with hate, rests upon the shocked Gods; his mind subconsciously targeting the only possible culprits. With unkempt sadness, he shouts at them, ¡°WHAT DID YOU DO TO ZOHN?!¡±. Around his towering body, an impossible amount of spirit essence instinctively gathers.
In the sky, an unfamiliar feeling of fear sweeps over the group of Gods; their minds stunned by this insane sequence of events. The voice hastily commands them, ¡°Quickly, form a barrier!¡±. The stunned Gods spring into action, Ages of experience guiding their actions.
In the sky, a multicoloured barrier of elemental essence takes shape, blocking the way between the Colossus and the Gods. The Colossus¡¯ expression remains unchanged, a low whisper escapes his lips as he concentrates the spirit essence on his fists, ¡°These people are worse than dust.¡±. With an earth-shaking step, the Colossus punches towards the Gods.
His essence covered fist slams into the hastily constructed barrier. Like a fragile plate, the barrier shatters on impact. The resulting force pushes the Gods back. An ugly expression rests on each of their perfect faces, this humiliation scarring their egos.
The Colossus¡¯ rage subsides slightly, a newfound feeling of heartbreak overpowering his anger. With the giant tree¡¯s help, the Colossus gently rest Zohn on his giant hand. His booming voice grows soft as he pleads desperately, ¡°Please wake up Zohn, now isn¡¯t the time to sleep. Didn¡¯t you swear that you¡¯d be my companion until the end of time? You can¡¯t break that promise, I won¡¯t allow it!¡±.
In the sky, the Gods¡¯ expressions turn strange. One of them asks, ¡°What should we do? Do we attack again?¡±. Another God replies, ¡°We have to do something.¡±. None of the Gods move, unsure of what to do next. After a minute of silence, one God asks doubtfully, ¡°Do we really have to kill it? It¡¯s never done anything bad before we attacked it. Hell, we didn¡¯t even know it existed until now¡¡±.
Suddenly, the voice responds, ¡°We will proceed with our attack. It doesn¡¯t matter whether this being has done anything wrong, the fact stands that we can¡¯t allow any possible obstacles to get in the way of the designs.¡±. An unenthusiastic sigh escapes a God¡¯s mouth, but no one objects.
The Colossus¡¯ legs grow weak as he collapses to his knees. A giant tsunami erupts around him, but he ignores it. The Colossus¡¯ full attention rests on Zohn¡¯s motionless figure, the world around him turning seemingly empty. A tearless cry sounds from his granite mouth as he says, ¡°A life without my dearest friend, is a life I rather not live.¡±.
The Colossus looks up at Gods as they prepare their second attack, but he does nothing to stop it. After a couple of minutes of preparation, the Gods launch their second attack. The ball of elemental essence flies towards the motionless Colossus, a strange melancholy permeating the air. Slowly, the Colossus lowers his head, his kind gaze forever resting on Zohn.
With the attack a mere hundred meters away from the Colossus, a golden barrier suddenly springs up around his giant body. From the surroundings, as if it¡¯s speaking to every single creature at once, an alluring, feminine voice gently says, ¡°The final Age has come to a close, and the end is within sight. There¡¯s no need to cry my child, his time has not come to an end. Now, stand up; You¡¯re my firstborn and meant for so much more than you¡¯ve ever realized.¡±.
(57) Reveal.
POV Narrator
In the sky, between the Colossus and the Gods, a being materialises from thin air. It doesn¡¯t appear to be any gender, but its beauty is unquestionable. Its eyes rest on the Colossus¡¯ crouched figure, a soft, yet commanding voice flows from its lips, ¡°I said stand up, there¡¯s no reason to be sad.¡±.
¡°Why, Zohn¡¯s clearly dead.¡± The Colossus retorts back, his voice almost lifeless. A smile forms on the being¡¯s face. In the same kind voice, it replies, ¡°Yes, Zohn¡¯s body is dead, that¡¯s a fact, but his soul isn¡¯t. All those Ages ago, when he made his fateful vow, he was granted immortality when he¡¯s close to you. His body stopped ageing and his soul was also linked to yours.¡±.
¡°Do you know what this means Col?¡± It asks calmly. The Colossus shakes its head. ¡°It means that as long as you are alive, then so is Zohn.¡± the being replies. The Colossus still looks confused, his mind filled with doubt. With some hesitance, the Colossus asks, ¡°How do you know all of this, I¡¯ve never met you before? Who are you?¡±.
A small laugh escapes the beings list as it replies, ¡°My dear child, I¡¯ve always been with you, from the day you were born until now. I¡¯ve been guiding you throughout every step of your journey, leading you on the right path towards your dream. I¡¯m Fate, after all.¡±.
The Colossus¡¯ eyes shine with a glimmer of hope; in a wavering voice, he asks, ¡°If what you¡¯ve said is true, then why is Zohn still motionless?¡±. Patiently, Fate answers, ¡°Zohn gave you all of his spirit-essence, allowing you to wake up early from your evolution, but it doesn¡¯t come without a cost. As part of the price for your powers, you must go into hibernation for a thousand years, but Zohn is now paying the remaining cost.¡±.
¡°So, he will wake up one day?¡± the Colossus asks excitedly. ¡°Exactly.¡± Fate replies calmly. The Colossus¡¯ eyes brims with newfound happiness, but a small frown form on his granite face. In a determined tone, he asks, ¡°The last question I have is, why help me? I wasn¡¯t the only colossus in the first age, but I seem to be the last one left.¡±.
With a smile, Fate answers, ¡°Of all my first children, only you showed potential. You had a dream so grand, that it inspired my own. But, to achieve your dream without any hardship isn¡¯t proper. You are part of my grand dream and finally, both our dreams are about to be realized.¡±. The frown remains on the Colossus face, but he doesn¡¯t inquire further; his gaze softens as it returns towards Zohn¡¯s motionless body.
Inside the Colossus¡¯ mind, a single thought reigns prominent, ¡°I¡¯ll wait until you wake up Zohn, it doesn¡¯t matter how long it takes. No matter what happens in the future, we¡¯ll never be separated. We are companions, are we not?¡±.If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.
Fate¡¯s eyes turn towards the group of floating Gods, their faces locked with pure shock. With its ever-calm voice, Fate says to the Gods, ¡°My loyal helpers, the time has finally come.¡±. From the Gods, the voice suddenly asks, ¡°Who are you really?! I¡¯ve never heard of any ¡®Fate¡¯ before.¡±.
Fate¡¯s gaze remains calm as it answers, ¡°You¡¯ve always been a paranoid child, hiding away in your own light. Well, you¡¯ve done your job, so I won¡¯t complain. For who I am¡ isn¡¯t it obvious? I¡¯m the creator of the system, the ever-present guide in everyone¡¯s lives. Through the system, I¡¯ve guided each of you and you¡¯ve all done a tremendous job.¡±.
The Gods¡¯ faces flash with disbelief; their minds, unable to accept the truth. His words stuttering, the voice asks, ¡°You¡¯re the designs?!¡±. ¡°Yes, I created the designs to guide you. If I ordered you in person then you wouldn''t have been cooperative. But this last step is too important for such an indirect method.¡± Fate explains.
With a small smile, Fate continues, ¡°In the past, you¡¯ve blindly followed my designs, but a small explanation is needed for you all to properly help me with the final step. The cycle of Ages hasn¡¯t been without reason, to realise my dream of a perfect world, trial runs were needed. Each Age harboured unique aspects of the perfect world and through repeated experimentation, these aspects were perfected.¡±.
A hum of conversation floods the group of Gods, a hundred different questions festering between them. Without missing a beat, Fate continues, ¡°There will be a time for questions later, now is the time to act. This Age¡¯s inhabitants have died out and the test has come to an end. I won¡¯t allow any delay, so the preparations will begin immediately.¡±.
¡°Do not despair, my obedient children, you also have your place in this perfect world; together we¡¯ll guide its inhabitants on their destiny. But first, one final piece must be put in place. Now go, I¡¯ve already sent each of you your list of tasks.¡±. Without hesitation, the Gods disappear into different directions.
Fate¡¯s gaze returns to the Colossus. Its sweet voice, finding its way in the Colossus¡¯ ears, ¡°Come, child. It¡¯s time to realise your dream.¡±. The Colossus¡¯ eyes remain fixed on Zohn, but he agrees with a small nod. A wide smile stretches over Fate¡¯s peerless face.
Effortlessly, Fate stretches its hands towards the Colossus and says, ¡°For a dream so big, all you need is a tiny push from a helping hand.¡±. Suddenly, the Colossus lifts out of the ocean, its enormous body floating effortlessly in the sky. ¡°Now, go.¡± Fate commands calmly.
Like a shooting star, the Colossus flies into the sky, its body exiting the planet¡¯s atmosphere. Around the world, his body hovers in orbit. Instinctively, the Colossus pulls himself into a ball with Zohn at the centre.
Fate¡¯s eyes shine as it stares at the Colossus¡¯s orbiting figure. In a low whisper, Fate mumbles, ¡°One last push...¡±. In orbit, the Colossus¡¯ figure grows exponentially in size, its form changing until it¡¯s a perfect sphere. With a nod, Fate says happily, ¡°Now, everything is in place. As the moon, my eldest child can forever protect this perfect world. He¡¯ll even have all the spirits to keep him company.¡±.
(58) Epilogue.
Through the ages
Towards a dream
As companions, they¡¯ll eternally be
The silent keeper takes a bow
The watchful eye completes the vow
Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation.
On a planet of wonder and magic
Comes the rise of fantasy classic
A world of heroes and destiny
The perfect setting for any fantasy
Each Age provides their piece
A vicious cycle coming to cease
Orbiting the perfect world
A Colossus¡¯ destined dreamworld
A world tree named Jeffery rests on the moon
The home of elemental spirits, a magician¡¯s boon
From imagination to history''s pages
A completed journey throughout the ages
Afterword and Sequel.
Hello, everyone, thank you for reading my book and sticking with me throughout its journey. Recently, I''ve finished editing this book and I''ve completely rewritten chapters 5-7(underwater arc). In these past 2 years, while editing, I''ve been planning the sequel.
For the past week, I''ve been working on and posting the sequel. You can find it here: https://www.royalroad.com/fiction/31337/colossus-legacy
I sincerely hope you enjoy the sequel as much as you enjoyed this book.
The narrative has been illicitly obtained; should you discover it on Amazon, report the violation.
For those wondering, here''s an editing log for Colossus'' Dream:
1. Updated and standardised all blue screens.
2. Chapters, 0-4 are edited.
3. Rewritten and perfected the underwater arch, chapters 5-7.
4. Chapters, 8-21 are edited.
5. I''ve rechecked all of the chapters and I''ve concluded with the edits.